From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun  1 03:56:59 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu ([134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id DAA02380;
	Fri, 1 Jun 2001 03:56:59 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.3/8.11.3) with SMTP id f517uiJ25638;
	Fri, 1 Jun 2001 03:56:44 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from ausmtp02.au.ibm.com (ausmtp02.au.ibm.COM [202.135.136.105])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.3/8.11.3) with ESMTP id f517uZJ12093
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 1 Jun 2001 03:56:35 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from f03n05e.au.ibm.com 
	by ausmtp02.au.ibm.com (IBM AP 1.0) with ESMTP id RAA255638
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 1 Jun 2001 17:45:49 +1000
From: skodati@in.ibm.com
Received: from d73mta01.au.ibm.com (f06n01s [9.185.166.65])
	by f03n05e.au.ibm.com (8.8.8m3/NCO v4.96) with SMTP id RAA71770
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 1 Jun 2001 17:01:50 +1000
Received: by d73mta01.au.ibm.com(Lotus SMTP MTA v4.6.5  (863.2 5-20-1999))  id CA256A5E.002625DB ; Fri, 1 Jun 2001 16:56:40 +1000
X-Lotus-FromDomain: IBMIN@IBMAU
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
cc: bsuparna@in.ibm.com, rsharada@in.ibm.com
Message-ID: <CA256A5E.00262543.00@d73mta01.au.ibm.com>
Date: Fri, 1 Jun 2001 12:17:34 +0530
Subject: Re: Reconfigure-init message in DHCPv6
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii
Content-Disposition: inline
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

>2) if the client contacts the server again, nothing breaks, though
 >  there is a performance penalty.  The client just gets the same info
 >  over again.
There could be a case where a client may be busy in the cycle of messages
of single server and not in a position to attend RECONFIG from other
servers, since a client has to complete REQUEST/RENEW ( as pointed by
Ralph) for each RECONFIG message, (or) is it possible for a client to send
REQUEST to some server while waiting for REPLY from other server.
(or)
Server should not send RECONFIG messages to client who completed
REQUEST/REPLY for the same reconfig ( this is more an implementation issue)

>3) if this was a real concern, the client can retain state (even after
>   contacting the server) that keeps track of the last transaction ID,
>   in which case it would recognize the retransmission and ignore
>   it.
This is the case if there is a mechanism ensured from server side that a
client gets the same transacion id for each re-transmitted RECONFIG
message, otherwise a client can discard duplicated messages only.

Thanks and Regards
Suresh



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun  6 11:47:36 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id LAA03634
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.ietf.org>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:47:35 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f56Ff0L10294;
	Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:41:00 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from quadntweb.quadritek.com ([198.200.138.211])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f56FevL12421
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:40:57 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from blasserw2k ([198.200.138.237]) by quadntweb.quadritek.com
          (Post.Office MTA v3.5.3 release 223 ID# 0-59484U200L100S0V35)
          with SMTP id com for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>;
          Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:37:04 -0400
From: "Robert J. Lasser" <rlasser@lucent.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Suffix search order RFC
Date: Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:41:27 -0400
Message-ID: <ENELJGNJOANBIAKJFPECGEEBCHAA.rlasser@lucent.com>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
X-Priority: 3 (Normal)
X-MSMail-Priority: Normal
X-Mailer: Microsoft Outlook IMO, Build 9.0.2416 (9.0.2910.0)
X-Mimeole: Produced By Microsoft MimeOLE V5.50.4133.2400
Importance: Normal
Reply-To: rlasser@lucent.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit

Greetings one and all,

Does anyone know if there's an RFC (or draft) regarding sending DNS resolver
suffix search orders through a DHCP extension?  I've looked around on
ietf.org but couldn't find anything.

Many thanks

Bob Lasser



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun  6 12:28:10 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id MAA04640
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:27:58 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f56GIIL07892;
	Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:18:18 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from quadntweb.quadritek.com ([198.200.138.211])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f56GIAL13408
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:18:10 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from agrabilnt ([10.100.30.254]) by quadntweb.quadritek.com
          (Post.Office MTA v3.5.3 release 223 ID# 0-59484U200L100S0V35)
          with SMTP id com; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:14:10 -0400
From: "A. Gregory Rabil" <grabil@lucent.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Suffix search order RFC
Date: Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:18:01 -0400
Message-ID: <00e301c0eea4$42ffee10$fe1e640a@quadritek.com>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
X-Priority: 3 (Normal)
X-MSMail-Priority: Normal
X-Mailer: Microsoft Outlook CWS, Build 9.0.2416 (9.0.2910.0)
In-Reply-To: <ENELJGNJOANBIAKJFPECGEEBCHAA.rlasser@lucent.com>
Importance: Normal
X-MimeOLE: Produced By Microsoft MimeOLE V5.00.2314.1300
Reply-To: grabil@lucent.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit

Bob,
The draft draft-aboba-dhc-domsearch-01.txt was submitted for this, but has
since expired.  I don't believe there has been any renewed interest...

Regards,
Greg

> -----Original Message-----
> From: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu [mailto:owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu]On
> Behalf Of Robert J. Lasser
> Sent: Wednesday, June 06, 2001 11:41 AM
> To: DHCPv4 discussion list
> Subject: Suffix search order RFC
>
>
> Greetings one and all,
>
> Does anyone know if there's an RFC (or draft) regarding
> sending DNS resolver
> suffix search orders through a DHCP extension?  I've looked around on
> ietf.org but couldn't find anything.
>
> Many thanks
>
> Bob Lasser
>
>



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun  6 12:32:15 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id MAA04733
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:32:15 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f56GUxL15441;
	Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:30:59 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from imr2.ericy.com (imr2.ericy.com [12.34.240.68])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f56GUjL27830
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 12:30:45 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mr6.exu.ericsson.se (mr6att.ericy.com [138.85.92.14])
	by imr2.ericy.com (8.11.3/8.11.3) with ESMTP id f56GUS806035
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:30:28 -0500 (CDT)
Received: from eamrcnt749 (eamrcnt749.exu.ericsson.se [138.85.133.47])
	by mr6.exu.ericsson.se (8.11.3/8.11.3) with SMTP id f56GUSq03990
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 11:30:28 -0500 (CDT)
Received: FROM eamrcnt761.exu.ericsson.se BY eamrcnt749 ; Wed Jun 06 10:52:38 2001 -0500
Received: by eamrcnt761.exu.ericsson.se with Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
	id <JQ4B99D4>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 10:52:39 -0500
Message-ID: <66F66129A77AD411B76200508B65AC694CBC1B@eambunt705.ena-east.ericsson.se>
From: "Bernie Volz (EUD)" <Bernie.Volz@am1.ericsson.se>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Suffix search order RFC
Date: Wed, 6 Jun 2001 10:52:37 -0500 
MIME-Version: 1.0
X-Mailer: Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
Content-Type: multipart/alternative;
	boundary="----_=_NextPart_001_01C0EEA0.B5836880"
Reply-To: Bernie.Volz@am1.ericsson.se
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

This message is in MIME format. Since your mail reader does not understand
this format, some or all of this message may not be legible.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EEA0.B5836880
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"

See http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-aboba-dhc-domsearch-01.txt


-----Original Message-----
From: Robert J. Lasser [mailto:rlasser@lucent.com]
Sent: Wednesday, June 06, 2001 11:41 AM
To: DHCPv4 discussion list
Subject: Suffix search order RFC


Greetings one and all,

Does anyone know if there's an RFC (or draft) regarding sending DNS resolver
suffix search orders through a DHCP extension?  I've looked around on
ietf.org but couldn't find anything.

Many thanks

Bob Lasser

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EEA0.B5836880
Content-Type: text/html;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV=3D"Content-Type" CONTENT=3D"text/html; =
charset=3Diso-8859-1">
<META NAME=3D"Generator" CONTENT=3D"MS Exchange Server version =
5.5.2654.19">
<TITLE>RE: Suffix search order RFC</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>See <A =
HREF=3D"http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-aboba-dhc-domsearch-01=
.txt" =
TARGET=3D"_blank">http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-aboba-dhc-do=
msearch-01.txt</A></FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>-----Original Message-----</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>From: Robert J. Lasser [<A =
HREF=3D"mailto:rlasser@lucent.com">mailto:rlasser@lucent.com</A>]</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Sent: Wednesday, June 06, 2001 11:41 AM</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>To: DHCPv4 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Subject: Suffix search order RFC</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Greetings one and all,</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Does anyone know if there's an RFC (or draft) =
regarding sending DNS resolver</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>suffix search orders through a DHCP extension?&nbsp; =
I've looked around on</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>ietf.org but couldn't find anything.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Many thanks</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Bob Lasser</FONT>
</P>

</BODY>
</HTML>
------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EEA0.B5836880--



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun  6 15:01:51 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id PAA07902
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 15:01:50 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f56IvWL04246;
	Wed, 6 Jun 2001 14:57:32 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mail.ifatec.fr (mailer@[194.98.13.50])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f56IvOL01555
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 14:57:24 -0400 (EDT)
Received: by mail.ifatec.fr; id UAA28465; Wed, 6 Jun 2001 20:33:59 +0200 (CEST)
Message-Id: <200106061833.UAA28465@mail.ifatec.fr>
From: "MALOMSOKI Christian (EURIWARE S.A.)" <chmaloms@euriware.fr>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: unsubscribe
Date: Wed, 6 Jun 2001 20:55:32 +0200 
MIME-Version: 1.0
X-Mailer: Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Reply-To: chmaloms@euriware.fr
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN





From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Thu Jun  7 07:11:50 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id HAA03566
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 07:11:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f57B8eL09901;
	Thu, 7 Jun 2001 07:08:40 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from ietf.org (odin.ietf.org [132.151.1.176])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f57B8cL23607
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 07:08:38 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from CNRI.Reston.VA.US (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with ESMTP id HAA03438;
	Thu, 7 Jun 2001 07:07:59 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <200106071107.HAA03438@ietf.org>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: Multipart/Mixed; Boundary="NextPart"
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Cc: dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
From: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Reply-to: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Subject: I-D ACTION:draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt
Date: Thu, 07 Jun 2001 07:07:58 -0400
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Sender: nsyracus@cnri.reston.va.us
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

--NextPart

A New Internet-Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts directories.
This draft is a work item of the Dynamic Host Configuration Working Group of the IETF.

	Title		: Extensions to DHCP for Roaming Users
	Author(s)	: B. Mukherjee, B. Gage, Y. Liu
	Filename	: draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt
	Pages		: 15
	Date		: 06-Jun-01
	
This draft defines enhancements to DHCP so that it can be used by
access networks as an initial configuration protocol for nomadic
users.  The authentication mechanism described here interacts with
existing public Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA)
mechanisms, thus enabling per customer authentication and
authorization across multiple domains. In addition, we describe a
mechanism that enables the client to authenticate the network to
prevent attacks on an end host from a bogus network access point.

A URL for this Internet-Draft is:
http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt

Internet-Drafts are also available by anonymous FTP. Login with the username
"anonymous" and a password of your e-mail address. After logging in,
type "cd internet-drafts" and then
	"get draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt".

A list of Internet-Drafts directories can be found in
http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html 
or ftp://ftp.ietf.org/ietf/1shadow-sites.txt


Internet-Drafts can also be obtained by e-mail.

Send a message to:
	mailserv@ietf.org.
In the body type:
	"FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt".
	
NOTE:	The mail server at ietf.org can return the document in
	MIME-encoded form by using the "mpack" utility.  To use this
	feature, insert the command "ENCODING mime" before the "FILE"
	command.  To decode the response(s), you will need "munpack" or
	a MIME-compliant mail reader.  Different MIME-compliant mail readers
	exhibit different behavior, especially when dealing with
	"multipart" MIME messages (i.e. documents which have been split
	up into multiple messages), so check your local documentation on
	how to manipulate these messages.
		
		
Below is the data which will enable a MIME compliant mail reader
implementation to automatically retrieve the ASCII version of the
Internet-Draft.

--NextPart
Content-Type: Multipart/Alternative; Boundary="OtherAccess"

--OtherAccess
Content-Type: Message/External-body;
	access-type="mail-server";
	server="mailserv@ietf.org"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID:	<20010606114516.I-D@ietf.org>

ENCODING mime
FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt

--OtherAccess
Content-Type: Message/External-body;
	name="draft-ietf-dhc-dhcproam-00.txt";
	site="ftp.ietf.org";
	access-type="anon-ftp";
	directory="internet-drafts"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID:	<20010606114516.I-D@ietf.org>

--OtherAccess--

--NextPart--



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Thu Jun  7 18:10:51 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id SAA15313;
	Thu, 7 Jun 2001 18:10:51 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f57M9nL28897;
	Thu, 7 Jun 2001 18:09:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from imr2.ericy.com (imr2.ericy.com [12.34.240.68])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f57M9lL22154
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 18:09:47 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mr6.exu.ericsson.se (mr6att.ericy.com [138.85.92.14])
	by imr2.ericy.com (8.11.3/8.11.3) with ESMTP id f57M9O826111
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 17:09:28 -0500 (CDT)
Received: from eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se (eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se [138.85.133.37])
	by mr6.exu.ericsson.se (8.11.3/8.11.3) with SMTP id f57M9O903602
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 17:09:24 -0500 (CDT)
Received: FROM eamrcnt761.exu.ericsson.se BY eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se ; Thu Jun 07 17:09:23 2001 -0500
Received: by eamrcnt761.exu.ericsson.se with Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
	id <JQ4CC1S1>; Thu, 7 Jun 2001 17:09:23 -0500
Message-ID: <66F66129A77AD411B76200508B65AC697B316E@eambunt705.ena-east.ericsson.se>
From: "Bernie Volz (EUD)" <Bernie.Volz@am1.ericsson.se>
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
Date: Thu, 7 Jun 2001 17:09:21 -0500 
MIME-Version: 1.0
X-Mailer: Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
Content-Type: multipart/alternative;
	boundary="----_=_NextPart_001_01C0EF9E.80DC3400"
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

This message is in MIME format. Since your mail reader does not understand
this format, some or all of this message may not be legible.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EF9E.80DC3400
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"

Ralph:

Sorry for the slow response ... some comments (I haven't seen other feedback yet?):

1) This text still does not state that the transaction-id of the Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It should.

2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be included exceed the packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a client to send multiple Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a common occurrance. I would leave the obligation to handle this at the client and it is not a server issue. A server assumes a Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request is received from the client. A client's reconfiguration is not complete until it has done a Request (or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for the interface. Impacts section 14.3.2.

3) As discussed later (see BV>), we need to clarify exactly what Reconfigure-Init means:
	a) Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface regardless of the server OR
	b) Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface obtained from that server.

There could be cases where there are multiple servers and clients even obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a server was temporarily down, for example). So, we need to be clear.

>From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on the interface are sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those that might not have been obtained from the server that sent the Reconfigure-Init. I assume this is the desired behavoir but we need to be more explicit about it.


Additional comments below.

- Bernie Volz

-----Original Message-----
From: Ralph Droms [mailto:rdroms@cisco.com]
Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM
To: DHCPv6 discussion list
Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init



Here's some proposed text describing the use of the Reconfigure-init
message.  I've extracted this text from the draft spec, so watch the
section numbers to be warned of elided text.

- Ralph

7. DHCP Constants

    This section describes various program and networking constants used
    by DHCP.

7.5. Configuration Variables

    This section presents a table of client and server configuration
    variables and the default or initial values for these variables.  The
    client-specific variables MAY be configured on the server and MAY be
    delivered to the client through the "DHCP Retransmission Parameter
    Option" in a Reply message.

    _________________________________________________________________________
    |Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|_
    |MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
    |MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
    |ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|_
    |ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|_
    |SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=_infinite)_____________|_
    |REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|_
    |QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|_
    |REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|_
    |RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|_
    |REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|_
    |REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|_
    |SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|_

9. Message Formats

    Each DHCP message has an identical fixed format header; some messages
    also allow a variable format area for options.  Not all fields in
    the header are used in every message.  In this section, every field
    is described for every message and fields that are not used in a
    message are marked as "unused".  All unused fields in a message MUST
    be transmitted as zeroes and ignored by the receiver of the message.

    The DHCP message header:

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |    msg-type   |  preference   |         transaction-ID        |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                                                               |
      |                   client-link-local-address                   |
      |                          (16 octets)                          |
      |                                                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                                                               |
      |                         server-address                        |
      |                          (16 octets)                          |
      |                                                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      .                                                               .
      .                            options                            .
      |                          (variable)                           |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+


9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format

       msg-type                    RECONF-INIT

       preference                  (unused) MUST be 0

       transaction-ID              An unsigned integer generated
                                   by the server to identify this
                                   Reconfigure-init message

       client-link-local-address   (unused) MUST be 0

       server-address              The IP address of the DHCP server
                                   issuing the Reconfigure-init message.
                                   MUST be of sufficient scope to be
                                   reachable by all clients.

       options                     See section 17.

14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration Exchange

    A server initiates a configuration exchange to force DHCP clients
    to obtain new addresses and other configuration information.  For
    example, an administrator may use a server-initiated configuration
    exchange when links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered.  Other
    examples include changes in the location of directory servers,
    addition of new services such as printing, and availability of new
    software (system or application).


14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation

    Agents MUST silently discard any received Reconfigure-init messages.
BV> Say "Servers and Agents MUST silently ..."

    Clients MUST discard any Reconfigure-init messages that do
    not contain an authentication option or that fail the client's
    authentication check.


14.2. Server Behavior

    A server sends a Reconfigure-init message to cause a client to
    initiate immediately a Request/Reply message exchange with the
    server.


14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init messages

    The server sets the "msg-type" field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server
    generates a transaction-ID and inserts it in the "transaction-ID"
    field.  The server places its address (of appropriate scope) in the
    "server-address" field.

    The server MAY include an ORO option to inform the client of what
    information has been changed or new information that has been added.

    The server MUST include an authentication option with the appropriate
    settings and add that option as the last option in the "options"
    field of the Reconfigure-init message.

    The server MUST NOT include any other options in the Reconfigure-init
    except as specifically allowed in the definition of individual
    options.

    The server unicasts the Reconfigure-init message to one client.  The
    server may unicast Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client
    concurrently; for example, to reliably reconfigure all known clients,
    the server will unicast a Reconfigure-init message to each client.

    After the server sends the Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a
    Request message from those clients confirming that each client has
    received the Reconfigure-init and are thus initiating a Request/Reply
    transaction with the server.


14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of Reconfigure-init messages

    If the server does not receive a Request message from the client
    in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT milliseconds, the server retransmits
    the Reconfigure-init message, doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT
    value and waits again.  The server continues this process until
    REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful attempts have been made, at which point
    the server SHOULD abort the reconfigure process.

    Default and initial values for RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and
    REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented in section 7.5.


14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages

    The server generates and sends Reply message(s) to the client as
    described in section 13.4.6, including in the "option" field new
    values for configuration parameters.


14.3. Client Behavior

    A client MUST always monitor UDP port 546 for Reconfigure-init
    messages on interfaces upon which it has acquired DHCP parameters.
    Since the results of a reconfiguration event may affect application
    layer programs, the client SHOULD log these events, and MAY notify
    these programs of the change through an implementation-specific
    interface.


14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages

    Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure-init message, the client
    initiates a Request/Reply transaction with the server.  While
    the Request/Reply transaction is in progress, the client silently
    discards any Reconfigure-init messages it receives.
BV> "the client MUST silently discard any Reconfigure-init messages it receives
BV> on that interface [from that server]." The "from that server" is likely
BV> important? What if a client has obtained several addresses from one server
BV> and later tried to obtain more but was unable to from that server so it
BV> sent a SOLICIT and started working with another server? We probably need to
BV> be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init message means. Does it mean
BV> reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface or does it mean to reconfigure
BV> all addresses allocated by that server? Depending on how that is answered,
BV> the "silently discard" needs to be conditionalized accordingly. And, what
BV> happens if another server initiates a Reconfigure-Init (should it not too
BV> be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). Perhaps it is OK to defer
BV> processing of this new request until the first has been handled to simplify
BV> client bookkeeping and operation?
BV>
BV> Also, I assume that a client MUST always send a Request, even if it has no
BV> addresses or obtained configuration information from that server? Should
BV> this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by the logic). 

    DISCUSSION:

       The Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals
       the client to complete a successful Request/Reply message
       exchange.  Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,
       the client proceeds with the Request/Reply message
       exchange (retransmitting the Request if necessary); the
       client ignores any additional Reconfigure-init messages
       (regardless of the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init
       message) until the Request/Reply exchange is complete.
       Subsequent Reconfigure-init messages (again independent
       of the transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new
       Request/Reply exchange.

       How does this mechanism work in the face of duplicated
       or retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?  Duplicate
       messages will be ignored because the client will begin
       the Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the
       first Reconfigure-init.  Retransmitted messages will
       either trigger the Request/Reply exchange (if the first
       Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will
       be ignored.  The server can discontinue retransmission of
       Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server
       receives the client's Request.

       It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted
       Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and
       delivered out of order) to arrive at the client after
       the Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original
       Reconfigure-init) has been completed.  In this case, the
       client would initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.
       The likelihood of delayed and out of order delivery is small
       enough to be ignored.  The consequence of the redundant
       exchange is inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.


14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request messages

    When responding to a Reconfigure-init, the client creates and
    sends the Request message in exactly the same manner as outlined in
    section 13.3.1 with the following difference:

       IAs   The client includes IA options containing the addresses the
             client currently has assigned to those IAs for the interface
             through which the Reconfigure-init message was received.


14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request messages

    The client uses the same variables and retransmission algorithm as it
    does with Request messages generated as part of a client-initiated
    configuration exchange.  See section 13.3.1 for details.


14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages

    Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message, the client extracts the
    contents of the "options" field, and sets (or resets) configuration
    parameters appropriately.  The client records and updates the
    lifetimes for any addresses specified in IAs in the Reply message.
    If the configuration parameters changed were requested by the
    application layer, the client notifies the application layer of the
    changes using an implementation-specific interface.

17. DHCP options

    Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
    in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
    described in section 17.1.

    This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
    DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
    separate document.


17.1. Format of DHCP options

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |          option-code          |           option-len          |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                          option-data                          |
      |                      (option-len octets)                      |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+



       option-code An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
                 type carried in this option.

       option-len An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
                 this option in octets.

       option-data The data for the option; the format of this data
                 depends on the definition of the option.


17.3. Option request option

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                              ...                              |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+



       option-code OPTION_ORO (2)

       option-len Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes
                 carried in this option.

       option-data A list of the option codes for the options requested
                 in this option.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EF9E.80DC3400
Content-Type: text/html;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV=3D"Content-Type" CONTENT=3D"text/html; =
charset=3Diso-8859-1">
<META NAME=3D"Generator" CONTENT=3D"MS Exchange Server version =
5.5.2654.19">
<TITLE>RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Ralph:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Sorry for the slow response ... some comments (I =
haven't seen other feedback yet?):</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>1) This text still does not state that the =
transaction-id of the Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It =
should.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be =
included exceed the packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a =
client to send multiple Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a =
common occurrance. I would leave the obligation to handle this at the =
client and it is not a server issue. A server assumes a =
Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request is received from the client. A =
client's reconfiguration is not complete until it has done a Request =
(or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for the interface. Impacts =
section 14.3.2.</FONT></P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>3) As discussed later (see BV&gt;), we need to =
clarify exactly what Reconfigure-Init means:</FONT>
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <FONT SIZE=3D2>a) =
Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface regardless of =
the server OR</FONT>
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <FONT SIZE=3D2>b) =
Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface obtained =
from that server.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>There could be cases where there are multiple servers =
and clients even obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a =
server was temporarily down, for example). So, we need to be =
clear.</FONT></P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on =
the interface are sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those =
that might not have been obtained from the server that sent the =
Reconfigure-Init. I assume this is the desired behavoir but we need to =
be more explicit about it.</FONT></P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Additional comments below.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>- Bernie Volz</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>-----Original Message-----</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>From: Ralph Droms [<A =
HREF=3D"mailto:rdroms@cisco.com">mailto:rdroms@cisco.com</A>]</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>To: DHCPv6 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init</FONT>
</P>
<BR>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Here's some proposed text describing the use of the =
Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>message.&nbsp; I've extracted this text from the =
draft spec, so watch the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>section numbers to be warned of elided text.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>- Ralph</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>7. DHCP Constants</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This section describes various =
program and networking constants used</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; by DHCP.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>7.5. Configuration Variables</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This section presents a table of =
client and server configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; variables and the default or =
initial values for these variables.&nbsp; The</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client-specific variables MAY be =
configured on the server and MAY be</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; delivered to the client through =
the &quot;DHCP Retransmission Parameter</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Option&quot; in a Reply =
message.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
________________________________________________________________________=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=3D_infinite)____________=
_|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|=
_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|=
_</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>9. Message Formats</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Each DHCP message has an identical =
fixed format header; some messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; also allow a variable format area =
for options.&nbsp; Not all fields in</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the header are used in every =
message.&nbsp; In this section, every field</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; is described for every message =
and fields that are not used in a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; message are marked as =
&quot;unused&quot;.&nbsp; All unused fields in a message MUST</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; be transmitted as zeroes and =
ignored by the receiver of the message.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The DHCP message header:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 =
8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
msg-type&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp; preference&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
transaction-ID&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
client-link-local-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp; (16 =
octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
; =
server-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp; (16 =
octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp; .</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
options&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp; =
(variable)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
msg-type&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; RECONF-INIT</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
preference&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (unused) MUST be 0</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
transaction-ID&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An unsigned integer generated</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
by the server to identify this</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
Reconfigure-init message</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
client-link-local-address&nbsp;&nbsp; (unused) MUST be 0</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
server-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbs=
p;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The IP address of the DHCP server</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
issuing the Reconfigure-init message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
MUST be of sufficient scope to be</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
reachable by all clients.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
options&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; See section =
17.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration =
Exchange</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A server initiates a configuration =
exchange to force DHCP clients</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; to obtain new addresses and other =
configuration information.&nbsp; For</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; example, an administrator may use =
a server-initiated configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange when links in the DHCP =
domain are to be renumbered.&nbsp; Other</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; examples include changes in the =
location of directory servers,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; addition of new services such as =
printing, and availability of new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; software (system or =
application).</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Agents MUST silently discard any =
received Reconfigure-init messages.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; Say &quot;Servers and Agents MUST silently =
...&quot;</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Clients MUST discard any =
Reconfigure-init messages that do</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; not contain an authentication =
option or that fail the client's</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; authentication check.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.2. Server Behavior</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A server sends a Reconfigure-init =
message to cause a client to</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; initiate immediately a =
Request/Reply message exchange with the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init =
messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server sets the =
&quot;msg-type&quot; field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; generates a transaction-ID and =
inserts it in the &quot;transaction-ID&quot;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; field.&nbsp; The server places =
its address (of appropriate scope) in the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &quot;server-address&quot; =
field.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MAY include an ORO =
option to inform the client of what</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; information has been changed or =
new information that has been added.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MUST include an =
authentication option with the appropriate</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; settings and add that option as =
the last option in the &quot;options&quot;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; field of the Reconfigure-init =
message.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MUST NOT include any =
other options in the Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; except as specifically allowed in =
the definition of individual</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; options.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server unicasts the =
Reconfigure-init message to one client.&nbsp; The</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server may unicast =
Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; concurrently; for example, to =
reliably reconfigure all known clients,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the server will unicast a =
Reconfigure-init message to each client.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; After the server sends the =
Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Request message from those =
clients confirming that each client has</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; received the Reconfigure-init and =
are thus initiating a Request/Reply</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; transaction with the =
server.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of =
Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If the server does not receive a =
Request message from the client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT =
milliseconds, the server retransmits</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Reconfigure-init message, =
doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; value and waits again.&nbsp; The =
server continues this process until</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful =
attempts have been made, at which point</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the server SHOULD abort the =
reconfigure process.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Default and initial values for =
RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented =
in section 7.5.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server generates and sends =
Reply message(s) to the client as</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; described in section 13.4.6, =
including in the &quot;option&quot; field new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; values for configuration =
parameters.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.3. Client Behavior</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A client MUST always monitor UDP =
port 546 for Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; messages on interfaces upon which =
it has acquired DHCP parameters.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Since the results of a =
reconfiguration event may affect application</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; layer programs, the client SHOULD =
log these events, and MAY notify</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; these programs of the change =
through an implementation-specific</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; interface.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Upon receipt of a valid =
Reconfigure-init message, the client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; initiates a Request/Reply =
transaction with the server.&nbsp; While</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Request/Reply transaction is =
in progress, the client silently</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; discards any Reconfigure-init =
messages it receives.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; &quot;the client MUST silently discard any =
Reconfigure-init messages it receives</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; on that interface [from that server].&quot; =
The &quot;from that server&quot; is likely</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; important? What if a client has obtained =
several addresses from one server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; and later tried to obtain more but was unable =
to from that server so it</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; sent a SOLICIT and started working with =
another server? We probably need to</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init =
message means. Does it mean</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface =
or does it mean to reconfigure</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; all addresses allocated by that server? =
Depending on how that is answered,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; the &quot;silently discard&quot; needs to be =
conditionalized accordingly. And, what</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; happens if another server initiates a =
Reconfigure-Init (should it not too</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). =
Perhaps it is OK to defer</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; processing of this new request until the =
first has been handled to simplify</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; client bookkeeping and operation?</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; Also, I assume that a client MUST always send =
a Request, even if it has no</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; addresses or obtained configuration =
information from that server? Should</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>BV&gt; this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by =
the logic). </FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DISCUSSION:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The =
Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the client to =
complete a successful Request/Reply message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange.&nbsp; =
Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the client =
proceeds with the Request/Reply message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange =
(retransmitting the Request if necessary); the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client ignores =
any additional Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (regardless of =
the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; message) until =
the Request/Reply exchange is complete.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Subsequent =
Reconfigure-init messages (again independent</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; of the =
transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Request/Reply =
exchange.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; How does this =
mechanism work in the face of duplicated</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; or =
retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?&nbsp; Duplicate</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; messages will =
be ignored because the client will begin</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the =
Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; first =
Reconfigure-init.&nbsp; Retransmitted messages will</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; either trigger =
the Request/Reply exchange (if the first</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; be =
ignored.&nbsp; The server can discontinue retransmission of</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; receives the =
client's Request.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; It might be =
possible for a duplicate or retransmitted</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; delivered out =
of order) to arrive at the client after</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the =
Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
Reconfigure-init) has been completed.&nbsp; In this case, the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client would =
initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The likelihood =
of delayed and out of order delivery is small</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; enough to be =
ignored.&nbsp; The consequence of the redundant</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange is =
inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request =
messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; When responding to a =
Reconfigure-init, the client creates and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; sends the Request message in =
exactly the same manner as outlined in</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; section 13.3.1 with the following =
difference:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IAs&nbsp;&nbsp; =
The client includes IA options containing the addresses the</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp; client currently has assigned to those IAs for the =
interface</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp; through which the Reconfigure-init message was =
received.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request =
messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The client uses the same variables =
and retransmission algorithm as it</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; does with Request messages =
generated as part of a client-initiated</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; configuration exchange.&nbsp; See =
section 13.3.1 for details.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Upon the receipt of a valid Reply =
message, the client extracts the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; contents of the =
&quot;options&quot; field, and sets (or resets) configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; parameters appropriately.&nbsp; =
The client records and updates the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; lifetimes for any addresses =
specified in IAs in the Reply message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If the configuration parameters =
changed were requested by the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; application layer, the client =
notifies the application layer of the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; changes using an =
implementation-specific interface.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>17. DHCP options</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Options are used to carry =
additional information and parameters</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in DHCP messages.&nbsp; Every =
option shares a common base format, as</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; described in section 17.1.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This document describes the DHCP =
options defined as part of the base</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DHCP specification.&nbsp; Other =
options may be defined in the future in a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; separate document.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>17.1. Format of DHCP options</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 =
8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
option-code&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
option-len&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp; =
option-data&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&=
nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&=
nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (option-len =
octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

</P>
<BR>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-code An =
unsigned integer identifying the specific option</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; type carried in this option.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len An =
unsigned integer giving the length of the data in</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; this option in octets.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-data The =
data for the option; the format of this data</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; depends on the definition of the =
option.</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>17.3. Option request option</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 =
8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
OPTION_ORO&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
option-len&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
requested-option-code-1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
requested-option-code-2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp=
;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
...&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; =
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>=

</P>
<BR>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-code =
OPTION_ORO (2)</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len =
Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; carried in this option.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-data A =
list of the option codes for the options requested</FONT>
<BR><FONT =
SIZE=3D2>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nb=
sp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in this option.</FONT>
</P>

</BODY>
</HTML>
------_=_NextPart_001_01C0EF9E.80DC3400--



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun  8 23:36:01 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id XAA26107;
	Fri, 8 Jun 2001 23:36:01 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f593Z9L08362;
	Fri, 8 Jun 2001 23:35:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mail.users.bit-net.com (www.bit-net.com [208.146.132.4])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f593YsL12037
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 8 Jun 2001 23:34:54 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost by mail.users.bit-net.com; (5.65v3.2/1.1.8.2/30Jul96-0143PM)
	id AA29913; Fri, 8 Jun 2001 23:34:53 -0400
Date: Fri, 8 Jun 2001 23:34:53 -0400 (EDT)
From: Jim Bound <seamus@bit-net.com>
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
In-Reply-To: <66F66129A77AD411B76200508B65AC697B316E@eambunt705.ena-east.ericsson.se>
Message-Id: <Pine.OSF.3.95.1010608232437.26460B-100000@www.bit-net.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

Bernie,

> 1) This text still does not state that the transaction-id of the
> Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It should. 

No comment at this point.

> 2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be included exceed the
> packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a client to send multiple
> Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a common occurrance. I
> would leave the obligation to handle this at the client and it is not a
> server issue. A server assumes a Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request
> is received from the client. A client's reconfiguration is not complete
> until it has done a Request (or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for
> the interface. Impacts section 14.3.2. 

This is not necessary with IPv6.  If the UDP packet exceeds the PMTU or
the Link-MTU fragmentation will happen as part of IPv6 at the client and
the server will reassemble.  Unless your concerned about something else?

> 
> 3) As discussed later (see BV>), we need to clarify exactly what
> Reconfigure-Init means: 
> 	a) Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface
> regardless of the server OR
> 	b) Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface
> obtained from that server. 

Reconfigur-Init just tells the client to react based on the ORO.  It is
telling the client to act on an interface the server does not have be
known by the client at all thats why authentication is mandatory for this
feature and really all features I guess.

> 
> There could be cases where there are multiple servers and clients even
> obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a server was
> temporarily down, for example). So, we need to be clear. 
> 
> >From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on the interface are
> sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those that might not have
> been obtained from the server that sent the Reconfigure-Init. I assume
> this is the desired behavoir but we need to be more explicit about it. 
> 
> 
That is correct.  And I agree.

> Additional comments below.
> 
> - Bernie Volz
> 
> -----Original Message-----
> From: Ralph Droms [mailto:rdroms@cisco.com]
> Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM
> To: DHCPv6 discussion list
> Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
> 
> 
> 
> Here's some proposed text describing the use of the Reconfigure-init
> message.  I've extracted this text from the draft spec, so watch the
> section numbers to be warned of elided text.
> 
> - Ralph
> 
> 7. DHCP Constants
> 
>     This section describes various program and networking constants used
>     by DHCP.
> 
> 7.5. Configuration Variables
> 
>     This section presents a table of client and server configuration
>     variables and the default or initial values for these variables.  The
>     client-specific variables MAY be configured on the server and MAY be
>     delivered to the client through the "DHCP Retransmission Parameter
>     Option" in a Reply message.
> 
>     _________________________________________________________________________
>     |Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|_
>     |MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
>     |MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
>     |ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|_
>     |ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|_
>     |SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=_infinite)_____________|_
>     |REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|_
>     |QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|_
>     |REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|_
>     |RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|_
>     |REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|_
>     |REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|_
>     |SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|_
> 
> 9. Message Formats
> 
>     Each DHCP message has an identical fixed format header; some messages
>     also allow a variable format area for options.  Not all fields in
>     the header are used in every message.  In this section, every field
>     is described for every message and fields that are not used in a
>     message are marked as "unused".  All unused fields in a message MUST
>     be transmitted as zeroes and ignored by the receiver of the message.
> 
>     The DHCP message header:
> 
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    msg-type   |  preference   |         transaction-ID        |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                   client-link-local-address                   |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                         server-address                        |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       .                                                               .
>       .                            options                            .
>       |                          (variable)                           |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
> 
> 
> 9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format
> 
>        msg-type                    RECONF-INIT
> 
>        preference                  (unused) MUST be 0
> 
>        transaction-ID              An unsigned integer generated
>                                    by the server to identify this
>                                    Reconfigure-init message
> 
>        client-link-local-address   (unused) MUST be 0
> 
>        server-address              The IP address of the DHCP server
>                                    issuing the Reconfigure-init message.
>                                    MUST be of sufficient scope to be
>                                    reachable by all clients.
> 
>        options                     See section 17.
> 
> 14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration Exchange
> 
>     A server initiates a configuration exchange to force DHCP clients
>     to obtain new addresses and other configuration information.  For
>     example, an administrator may use a server-initiated configuration
>     exchange when links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered.  Other
>     examples include changes in the location of directory servers,
>     addition of new services such as printing, and availability of new
>     software (system or application).
> 
> 
> 14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation
> 
>     Agents MUST silently discard any received Reconfigure-init messages.
> BV> Say "Servers and Agents MUST silently ..."
> 
>     Clients MUST discard any Reconfigure-init messages that do
>     not contain an authentication option or that fail the client's
>     authentication check.
> 
> 
> 14.2. Server Behavior
> 
>     A server sends a Reconfigure-init message to cause a client to
>     initiate immediately a Request/Reply message exchange with the
>     server.
> 
> 
> 14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init messages
> 
>     The server sets the "msg-type" field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server
>     generates a transaction-ID and inserts it in the "transaction-ID"
>     field.  The server places its address (of appropriate scope) in the
>     "server-address" field.
> 
>     The server MAY include an ORO option to inform the client of what
>     information has been changed or new information that has been added.
> 
>     The server MUST include an authentication option with the appropriate
>     settings and add that option as the last option in the "options"
>     field of the Reconfigure-init message.
> 
>     The server MUST NOT include any other options in the Reconfigure-init
>     except as specifically allowed in the definition of individual
>     options.
> 
>     The server unicasts the Reconfigure-init message to one client.  The
>     server may unicast Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client
>     concurrently; for example, to reliably reconfigure all known clients,
>     the server will unicast a Reconfigure-init message to each client.
> 
>     After the server sends the Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a
>     Request message from those clients confirming that each client has
>     received the Reconfigure-init and are thus initiating a Request/Reply
>     transaction with the server.
> 
> 
> 14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of Reconfigure-init messages
> 
>     If the server does not receive a Request message from the client
>     in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT milliseconds, the server retransmits
>     the Reconfigure-init message, doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT
>     value and waits again.  The server continues this process until
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful attempts have been made, at which point
>     the server SHOULD abort the reconfigure process.
> 
>     Default and initial values for RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented in section 7.5.
> 
> 
> 14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages
> 
>     The server generates and sends Reply message(s) to the client as
>     described in section 13.4.6, including in the "option" field new
>     values for configuration parameters.
> 
> 
> 14.3. Client Behavior
> 
>     A client MUST always monitor UDP port 546 for Reconfigure-init
>     messages on interfaces upon which it has acquired DHCP parameters.
>     Since the results of a reconfiguration event may affect application
>     layer programs, the client SHOULD log these events, and MAY notify
>     these programs of the change through an implementation-specific
>     interface.
> 
> 
> 14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages
> 
>     Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure-init message, the client
>     initiates a Request/Reply transaction with the server.  While
>     the Request/Reply transaction is in progress, the client silently
>     discards any Reconfigure-init messages it receives.
> BV> "the client MUST silently discard any Reconfigure-init messages it receives
> BV> on that interface [from that server]." The "from that server" is likely
> BV> important? What if a client has obtained several addresses from one server
> BV> and later tried to obtain more but was unable to from that server so it
> BV> sent a SOLICIT and started working with another server? We probably need to
> BV> be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init message means. Does it mean
> BV> reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface or does it mean to reconfigure
> BV> all addresses allocated by that server? Depending on how that is answered,
> BV> the "silently discard" needs to be conditionalized accordingly. And, what
> BV> happens if another server initiates a Reconfigure-Init (should it not too
> BV> be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). Perhaps it is OK to defer
> BV> processing of this new request until the first has been handled to simplify
> BV> client bookkeeping and operation?
> BV>
> BV> Also, I assume that a client MUST always send a Request, even if it has no
> BV> addresses or obtained configuration information from that server? Should
> BV> this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by the logic). 
> 
>     DISCUSSION:
> 
>        The Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals
>        the client to complete a successful Request/Reply message
>        exchange.  Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,
>        the client proceeds with the Request/Reply message
>        exchange (retransmitting the Request if necessary); the
>        client ignores any additional Reconfigure-init messages
>        (regardless of the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init
>        message) until the Request/Reply exchange is complete.
>        Subsequent Reconfigure-init messages (again independent
>        of the transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new
>        Request/Reply exchange.
> 
>        How does this mechanism work in the face of duplicated
>        or retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?  Duplicate
>        messages will be ignored because the client will begin
>        the Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the
>        first Reconfigure-init.  Retransmitted messages will
>        either trigger the Request/Reply exchange (if the first
>        Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will
>        be ignored.  The server can discontinue retransmission of
>        Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server
>        receives the client's Request.
> 
>        It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted
>        Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and
>        delivered out of order) to arrive at the client after
>        the Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original
>        Reconfigure-init) has been completed.  In this case, the
>        client would initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.
>        The likelihood of delayed and out of order delivery is small
>        enough to be ignored.  The consequence of the redundant
>        exchange is inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.
> 
> 
> 14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request messages
> 
>     When responding to a Reconfigure-init, the client creates and
>     sends the Request message in exactly the same manner as outlined in
>     section 13.3.1 with the following difference:
> 
>        IAs   The client includes IA options containing the addresses the
>              client currently has assigned to those IAs for the interface
>              through which the Reconfigure-init message was received.
> 
> 
> 14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request messages
> 
>     The client uses the same variables and retransmission algorithm as it
>     does with Request messages generated as part of a client-initiated
>     configuration exchange.  See section 13.3.1 for details.
> 
> 
> 14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages
> 
>     Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message, the client extracts the
>     contents of the "options" field, and sets (or resets) configuration
>     parameters appropriately.  The client records and updates the
>     lifetimes for any addresses specified in IAs in the Reply message.
>     If the configuration parameters changed were requested by the
>     application layer, the client notifies the application layer of the
>     changes using an implementation-specific interface.
> 
> 17. DHCP options
> 
>     Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
>     in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
>     described in section 17.1.
> 
>     This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
>     DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
>     separate document.
> 
> 
> 17.1. Format of DHCP options
> 
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |          option-code          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                          option-data                          |
>       |                      (option-len octets)                      |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
> 
> 
> 
>        option-code An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
>                  type carried in this option.
> 
>        option-len An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
>                  this option in octets.
> 
>        option-data The data for the option; the format of this data
>                  depends on the definition of the option.
> 
> 
> 17.3. Option request option
> 
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                              ...                              |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
> 
> 
> 
>        option-code OPTION_ORO (2)
> 
>        option-len Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes
>                  carried in this option.
> 
>        option-data A list of the option codes for the options requested
>                  in this option.
> 



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Sat Jun  9 22:03:03 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id WAA22566;
	Sat, 9 Jun 2001 22:03:02 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5A22nL21639;
	Sat, 9 Jun 2001 22:02:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.bucknell.edu (rtp-isp-nat-pool1-1.cisco.com [64.102.254.34])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5A22XL15679
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Sat, 9 Jun 2001 22:02:33 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010608091727.00b4f810@mail.bucknell.edu>
X-Sender: droms@mail.bucknell.edu
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Sat, 09 Jun 2001 10:01:27 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <droms@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
In-Reply-To: <66F66129A77AD411B76200508B65AC697B316E@eambunt705.ena-east
 .ericsson.se>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

Bernie - thanks for the feedback.  I'm still waiting for other reviews of 
this text.

=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*
Soapbox: It is *CRUCIAL* that we get feedback from
other WG members *AS SOON AS POSSIBLE*.    In addition
to this Reconfigure-init text, I will be posting some
text excerpts about authentication and DHCPv6 options.
We need you to read and comment on those excerpts so
we can complete the next rev of the draft.
=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*

Here are my responses to your (Bernie's) comments:

1) OK; text to be added pointing out that transaction-id of 
Reconfigure-init will be unused by client

2) I don't know that we have an upper bound on DHCPv6 message size that is 
smaller than the IPv6 UDP datagram size (in contrast with the DHCPv4 
message size limit, which was imposed for compatibility with BOOTP and 
circa 1990 IPv4 stacks).  I don't think the DHCPv6 message size is an issue.

3) I think the semantics should be to reconfigure all addresses (regardless 
of source) *AND* all DHCP-supplied configuration parameters on the 
interface over which the Reconfigure-init message was received.

- Ralph


At 05:09 PM 6/7/2001 -0500, Bernie Volz (EUD) wrote:

>Ralph:
>
>Sorry for the slow response ... some comments (I haven't seen other 
>feedback yet?):
>
>1) This text still does not state that the transaction-id of the 
>Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It should.
>
>2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be included exceed the 
>packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a client to send multiple 
>Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a common occurrance. I would 
>leave the obligation to handle this at the client and it is not a server 
>issue. A server assumes a Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request is 
>received from the client. A client's reconfiguration is not complete until 
>it has done a Request (or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for the 
>interface. Impacts section 14.3.2.
>
>3) As discussed later (see BV>), we need to clarify exactly what 
>Reconfigure-Init means:
>         a) Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface 
> regardless of the server OR
>         b) Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface 
> obtained from that server.
>
>There could be cases where there are multiple servers and clients even 
>obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a server was temporarily 
>down, for example). So, we need to be clear.
>
> From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on the interface are 
> sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those that might not have 
> been obtained from the server that sent the Reconfigure-Init. I assume 
> this is the desired behavoir but we need to be more explicit about it.
>
>Additional comments below.
>
>- Bernie Volz
>
>-----Original Message-----
>From: Ralph Droms [<mailto:rdroms@cisco.com>mailto:rdroms@cisco.com]
>Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM
>To: DHCPv6 discussion list
>Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
>
>
>Here's some proposed text describing the use of the Reconfigure-init
>message.  I've extracted this text from the draft spec, so watch the
>section numbers to be warned of elided text.
>
>- Ralph
>
>7. DHCP Constants
>
>     This section describes various program and networking constants used
>     by DHCP.
>
>7.5. Configuration Variables
>
>     This section presents a table of client and server configuration
>     variables and the default or initial values for these variables.  The
>     client-specific variables MAY be configured on the server and MAY be
>     delivered to the client through the "DHCP Retransmission Parameter
>     Option" in a Reply message.
>
> 
>_________________________________________________________________________
> 
>|Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|_
> 
>|MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
> 
>|MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
> 
>|ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|_
> 
>|ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|_
> 
>|SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=_infinite)_____________|_
> 
>|REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|_
> 
>|QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|_
> 
>|REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|_
> 
>|RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|_
> 
>|REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|_
> 
>|REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|_
> 
>|SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|_
>
>9. Message Formats
>
>     Each DHCP message has an identical fixed format header; some messages
>     also allow a variable format area for options.  Not all fields in
>     the header are used in every message.  In this section, every field
>     is described for every message and fields that are not used in a
>     message are marked as "unused".  All unused fields in a message MUST
>     be transmitted as zeroes and ignored by the receiver of the message.
>
>     The DHCP message header:
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    msg-type   |  preference   |         transaction-ID        |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                   client-link-local-address                   |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                         server-address                        |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       .                                                               .
>       .                            options                            .
>       |                          (variable)                           |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format
>
>        msg-type                    RECONF-INIT
>
>        preference                  (unused) MUST be 0
>
>        transaction-ID              An unsigned integer generated
>                                    by the server to identify this
>                                    Reconfigure-init message
>
>        client-link-local-address   (unused) MUST be 0
>
>        server-address              The IP address of the DHCP server
>                                    issuing the Reconfigure-init message.
>                                    MUST be of sufficient scope to be
>                                    reachable by all clients.
>
>        options                     See section 17.
>
>14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration Exchange
>
>     A server initiates a configuration exchange to force DHCP clients
>     to obtain new addresses and other configuration information.  For
>     example, an administrator may use a server-initiated configuration
>     exchange when links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered.  Other
>     examples include changes in the location of directory servers,
>     addition of new services such as printing, and availability of new
>     software (system or application).
>
>14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation
>
>     Agents MUST silently discard any received Reconfigure-init messages.
>BV> Say "Servers and Agents MUST silently ..."
>
>     Clients MUST discard any Reconfigure-init messages that do
>     not contain an authentication option or that fail the client's
>     authentication check.
>
>14.2. Server Behavior
>
>     A server sends a Reconfigure-init message to cause a client to
>     initiate immediately a Request/Reply message exchange with the
>     server.
>
>14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     The server sets the "msg-type" field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server
>     generates a transaction-ID and inserts it in the "transaction-ID"
>     field.  The server places its address (of appropriate scope) in the
>     "server-address" field.
>
>     The server MAY include an ORO option to inform the client of what
>     information has been changed or new information that has been added.
>
>     The server MUST include an authentication option with the appropriate
>     settings and add that option as the last option in the "options"
>     field of the Reconfigure-init message.
>
>     The server MUST NOT include any other options in the Reconfigure-init
>     except as specifically allowed in the definition of individual
>     options.
>
>     The server unicasts the Reconfigure-init message to one client.  The
>     server may unicast Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client
>     concurrently; for example, to reliably reconfigure all known clients,
>     the server will unicast a Reconfigure-init message to each client.
>
>     After the server sends the Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a
>     Request message from those clients confirming that each client has
>     received the Reconfigure-init and are thus initiating a Request/Reply
>     transaction with the server.
>
>14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     If the server does not receive a Request message from the client
>     in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT milliseconds, the server retransmits
>     the Reconfigure-init message, doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT
>     value and waits again.  The server continues this process until
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful attempts have been made, at which point
>     the server SHOULD abort the reconfigure process.
>
>     Default and initial values for RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented in section 7.5.
>
>14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages
>
>     The server generates and sends Reply message(s) to the client as
>     described in section 13.4.6, including in the "option" field new
>     values for configuration parameters.
>
>14.3. Client Behavior
>
>     A client MUST always monitor UDP port 546 for Reconfigure-init
>     messages on interfaces upon which it has acquired DHCP parameters.
>     Since the results of a reconfiguration event may affect application
>     layer programs, the client SHOULD log these events, and MAY notify
>     these programs of the change through an implementation-specific
>     interface.
>
>14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure-init message, the client
>     initiates a Request/Reply transaction with the server.  While
>     the Request/Reply transaction is in progress, the client silently
>     discards any Reconfigure-init messages it receives.
>BV> "the client MUST silently discard any Reconfigure-init messages it 
>receives
>BV> on that interface [from that server]." The "from that server" is likely
>BV> important? What if a client has obtained several addresses from one 
>server
>BV> and later tried to obtain more but was unable to from that server so it
>BV> sent a SOLICIT and started working with another server? We probably 
>need to
>BV> be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init message means. Does it mean
>BV> reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface or does it mean to 
>reconfigure
>BV> all addresses allocated by that server? Depending on how that is 
>answered,
>BV> the "silently discard" needs to be conditionalized accordingly. And, what
>BV> happens if another server initiates a Reconfigure-Init (should it not too
>BV> be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). Perhaps it is OK to defer
>BV> processing of this new request until the first has been handled to 
>simplify
>BV> client bookkeeping and operation?
>BV>
>BV> Also, I assume that a client MUST always send a Request, even if it 
>has no
>BV> addresses or obtained configuration information from that server? Should
>BV> this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by the logic).
>
>     DISCUSSION:
>
>        The Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals
>        the client to complete a successful Request/Reply message
>        exchange.  Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,
>        the client proceeds with the Request/Reply message
>        exchange (retransmitting the Request if necessary); the
>        client ignores any additional Reconfigure-init messages
>        (regardless of the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init
>        message) until the Request/Reply exchange is complete.
>        Subsequent Reconfigure-init messages (again independent
>        of the transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new
>        Request/Reply exchange.
>
>        How does this mechanism work in the face of duplicated
>        or retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?  Duplicate
>        messages will be ignored because the client will begin
>        the Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the
>        first Reconfigure-init.  Retransmitted messages will
>        either trigger the Request/Reply exchange (if the first
>        Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will
>        be ignored.  The server can discontinue retransmission of
>        Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server
>        receives the client's Request.
>
>        It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted
>        Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and
>        delivered out of order) to arrive at the client after
>        the Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original
>        Reconfigure-init) has been completed.  In this case, the
>        client would initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.
>        The likelihood of delayed and out of order delivery is small
>        enough to be ignored.  The consequence of the redundant
>        exchange is inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.
>
>14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request messages
>
>     When responding to a Reconfigure-init, the client creates and
>     sends the Request message in exactly the same manner as outlined in
>     section 13.3.1 with the following difference:
>
>        IAs   The client includes IA options containing the addresses the
>              client currently has assigned to those IAs for the interface
>              through which the Reconfigure-init message was received.
>
>14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request messages
>
>     The client uses the same variables and retransmission algorithm as it
>     does with Request messages generated as part of a client-initiated
>     configuration exchange.  See section 13.3.1 for details.
>
>14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages
>
>     Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message, the client extracts the
>     contents of the "options" field, and sets (or resets) configuration
>     parameters appropriately.  The client records and updates the
>     lifetimes for any addresses specified in IAs in the Reply message.
>     If the configuration parameters changed were requested by the
>     application layer, the client notifies the application layer of the
>     changes using an implementation-specific interface.
>
>17. DHCP options
>
>     Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
>     in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
>     described in section 17.1.
>
>     This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
>     DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
>     separate document.
>
>17.1. Format of DHCP options
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |          option-code          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                          option-data                          |
>       |                      (option-len octets)                      |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>
>        option-code An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
>                  type carried in this option.
>
>        option-len An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
>                  this option in octets.
>
>        option-data The data for the option; the format of this data
>                  depends on the definition of the option.
>
>17.3. Option request option
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                              ...                              |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>
>        option-code OPTION_ORO (2)
>
>        option-len Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes
>                  carried in this option.
>
>        option-data A list of the option codes for the options requested
>                  in this option.



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Sun Jun 10 23:26:32 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id XAA17811;
	Sun, 10 Jun 2001 23:26:31 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5B3PmL12141;
	Sun, 10 Jun 2001 23:25:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from imr2.ericy.com (imr2.ericy.com [12.34.240.68])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5B3PaL12988
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Sun, 10 Jun 2001 23:25:36 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mr6.exu.ericsson.se (mr6att.ericy.com [138.85.92.14])
	by imr2.ericy.com (8.11.3/8.11.3) with ESMTP id f5B3PL819986
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Sun, 10 Jun 2001 22:25:21 -0500 (CDT)
Received: from eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se (eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se [138.85.133.37])
	by mr6.exu.ericsson.se (8.11.3/8.11.3) with SMTP id f5B3PJ716416
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Sun, 10 Jun 2001 22:25:20 -0500 (CDT)
Received: FROM eamrcnt760.exu.ericsson.se BY eamrcnt747.exu.ericsson.se ; Sun Jun 10 22:25:19 2001 -0500
Received: by eamrcnt760.exu.ericsson.se with Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
	id <JQHZRP1J>; Sun, 10 Jun 2001 22:25:19 -0500
Message-ID: <66F66129A77AD411B76200508B65AC697B317A@eambunt705.ena-east.ericsson.se>
From: "Bernie Volz (EUD)" <Bernie.Volz@am1.ericsson.se>
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
Date: Sun, 10 Jun 2001 22:25:18 -0500
MIME-Version: 1.0
X-Mailer: Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
Content-Type: multipart/alternative;
	boundary="----_=_NextPart_001_01C0F226.2397E4D0"
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

This message is in MIME format. Since your mail reader does not understand
this format, some or all of this message may not be legible.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F226.2397E4D0
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"

Ralph:

>2) I don't know that we have an upper bound on DHCPv6 message size that is 
>smaller than the IPv6 UDP datagram size (in contrast with the DHCPv4 
>message size limit, which was imposed for compatibility with BOOTP and 
>circa 1990 IPv4 stacks).  I don't think the DHCPv6 message size is an issue.

While I don't forsee any client having such a huge number of addresses, but just
in case, it would be good to know what the maximum message size a server (and
hence client) needs to support? After all it is a lot more work to have to support
an arbitrary message size (ones needs to first determine the size of the message
before reading it with UDP). So, I think we should specify a maximum message size.
I would think that 8192 or 16384 should likely be more the sufficient for most
cases?


Regarding lack of feedback from others ... please don't let that stop you from
publishing other parts. I'm most interested in the client identifier (DHCP Unique
Identifier or whatever) and IA details.

- Bernie Volz

-----Original Message-----
From: Ralph Droms [mailto:droms@bucknell.edu]
Sent: Saturday, June 09, 2001 10:01 AM
To: DHCPv6 discussion list
Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init


Bernie - thanks for the feedback.  I'm still waiting for other reviews of 
this text.

=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*
Soapbox: It is *CRUCIAL* that we get feedback from
other WG members *AS SOON AS POSSIBLE*.    In addition
to this Reconfigure-init text, I will be posting some
text excerpts about authentication and DHCPv6 options.
We need you to read and comment on those excerpts so
we can complete the next rev of the draft.
=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*

Here are my responses to your (Bernie's) comments:

1) OK; text to be added pointing out that transaction-id of 
Reconfigure-init will be unused by client

2) I don't know that we have an upper bound on DHCPv6 message size that is 
smaller than the IPv6 UDP datagram size (in contrast with the DHCPv4 
message size limit, which was imposed for compatibility with BOOTP and 
circa 1990 IPv4 stacks).  I don't think the DHCPv6 message size is an issue.

3) I think the semantics should be to reconfigure all addresses (regardless 
of source) *AND* all DHCP-supplied configuration parameters on the 
interface over which the Reconfigure-init message was received.

- Ralph


At 05:09 PM 6/7/2001 -0500, Bernie Volz (EUD) wrote:

>Ralph:
>
>Sorry for the slow response ... some comments (I haven't seen other 
>feedback yet?):
>
>1) This text still does not state that the transaction-id of the 
>Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It should.
>
>2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be included exceed the 
>packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a client to send multiple 
>Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a common occurrance. I would 
>leave the obligation to handle this at the client and it is not a server 
>issue. A server assumes a Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request is 
>received from the client. A client's reconfiguration is not complete until 
>it has done a Request (or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for the 
>interface. Impacts section 14.3.2.
>
>3) As discussed later (see BV>), we need to clarify exactly what 
>Reconfigure-Init means:
>         a) Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface 
> regardless of the server OR
>         b) Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface 
> obtained from that server.
>
>There could be cases where there are multiple servers and clients even 
>obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a server was temporarily 
>down, for example). So, we need to be clear.
>
> From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on the interface are 
> sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those that might not have 
> been obtained from the server that sent the Reconfigure-Init. I assume 
> this is the desired behavoir but we need to be more explicit about it.
>
>Additional comments below.
>
>- Bernie Volz
>
>-----Original Message-----
>From: Ralph Droms [<mailto:rdroms@cisco.com>mailto:rdroms@cisco.com]
>Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM
>To: DHCPv6 discussion list
>Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init
>
>
>Here's some proposed text describing the use of the Reconfigure-init
>message.  I've extracted this text from the draft spec, so watch the
>section numbers to be warned of elided text.
>
>- Ralph
>
>7. DHCP Constants
>
>     This section describes various program and networking constants used
>     by DHCP.
>
>7.5. Configuration Variables
>
>     This section presents a table of client and server configuration
>     variables and the default or initial values for these variables.  The
>     client-specific variables MAY be configured on the server and MAY be
>     delivered to the client through the "DHCP Retransmission Parameter
>     Option" in a Reply message.
>
> 
>_________________________________________________________________________
> 
>|Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|_
> 
>|MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
> 
>|MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_
> 
>|ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|_
> 
>|ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|_
> 
>|SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=_infinite)_____________|_
> 
>|REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|_
> 
>|QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|_
> 
>|REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|_
> 
>|RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|_
> 
>|REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|_
> 
>|REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|_
> 
>|SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|_
>
>9. Message Formats
>
>     Each DHCP message has an identical fixed format header; some messages
>     also allow a variable format area for options.  Not all fields in
>     the header are used in every message.  In this section, every field
>     is described for every message and fields that are not used in a
>     message are marked as "unused".  All unused fields in a message MUST
>     be transmitted as zeroes and ignored by the receiver of the message.
>
>     The DHCP message header:
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    msg-type   |  preference   |         transaction-ID        |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                   client-link-local-address                   |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                                                               |
>       |                         server-address                        |
>       |                          (16 octets)                          |
>       |                                                               |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       .                                                               .
>       .                            options                            .
>       |                          (variable)                           |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format
>
>        msg-type                    RECONF-INIT
>
>        preference                  (unused) MUST be 0
>
>        transaction-ID              An unsigned integer generated
>                                    by the server to identify this
>                                    Reconfigure-init message
>
>        client-link-local-address   (unused) MUST be 0
>
>        server-address              The IP address of the DHCP server
>                                    issuing the Reconfigure-init message.
>                                    MUST be of sufficient scope to be
>                                    reachable by all clients.
>
>        options                     See section 17.
>
>14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration Exchange
>
>     A server initiates a configuration exchange to force DHCP clients
>     to obtain new addresses and other configuration information.  For
>     example, an administrator may use a server-initiated configuration
>     exchange when links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered.  Other
>     examples include changes in the location of directory servers,
>     addition of new services such as printing, and availability of new
>     software (system or application).
>
>14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation
>
>     Agents MUST silently discard any received Reconfigure-init messages.
>BV> Say "Servers and Agents MUST silently ..."
>
>     Clients MUST discard any Reconfigure-init messages that do
>     not contain an authentication option or that fail the client's
>     authentication check.
>
>14.2. Server Behavior
>
>     A server sends a Reconfigure-init message to cause a client to
>     initiate immediately a Request/Reply message exchange with the
>     server.
>
>14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     The server sets the "msg-type" field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server
>     generates a transaction-ID and inserts it in the "transaction-ID"
>     field.  The server places its address (of appropriate scope) in the
>     "server-address" field.
>
>     The server MAY include an ORO option to inform the client of what
>     information has been changed or new information that has been added.
>
>     The server MUST include an authentication option with the appropriate
>     settings and add that option as the last option in the "options"
>     field of the Reconfigure-init message.
>
>     The server MUST NOT include any other options in the Reconfigure-init
>     except as specifically allowed in the definition of individual
>     options.
>
>     The server unicasts the Reconfigure-init message to one client.  The
>     server may unicast Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client
>     concurrently; for example, to reliably reconfigure all known clients,
>     the server will unicast a Reconfigure-init message to each client.
>
>     After the server sends the Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a
>     Request message from those clients confirming that each client has
>     received the Reconfigure-init and are thus initiating a Request/Reply
>     transaction with the server.
>
>14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     If the server does not receive a Request message from the client
>     in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT milliseconds, the server retransmits
>     the Reconfigure-init message, doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT
>     value and waits again.  The server continues this process until
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful attempts have been made, at which point
>     the server SHOULD abort the reconfigure process.
>
>     Default and initial values for RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and
>     REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented in section 7.5.
>
>14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages
>
>     The server generates and sends Reply message(s) to the client as
>     described in section 13.4.6, including in the "option" field new
>     values for configuration parameters.
>
>14.3. Client Behavior
>
>     A client MUST always monitor UDP port 546 for Reconfigure-init
>     messages on interfaces upon which it has acquired DHCP parameters.
>     Since the results of a reconfiguration event may affect application
>     layer programs, the client SHOULD log these events, and MAY notify
>     these programs of the change through an implementation-specific
>     interface.
>
>14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages
>
>     Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure-init message, the client
>     initiates a Request/Reply transaction with the server.  While
>     the Request/Reply transaction is in progress, the client silently
>     discards any Reconfigure-init messages it receives.
>BV> "the client MUST silently discard any Reconfigure-init messages it 
>receives
>BV> on that interface [from that server]." The "from that server" is likely
>BV> important? What if a client has obtained several addresses from one 
>server
>BV> and later tried to obtain more but was unable to from that server so it
>BV> sent a SOLICIT and started working with another server? We probably 
>need to
>BV> be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init message means. Does it mean
>BV> reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface or does it mean to 
>reconfigure
>BV> all addresses allocated by that server? Depending on how that is 
>answered,
>BV> the "silently discard" needs to be conditionalized accordingly. And, what
>BV> happens if another server initiates a Reconfigure-Init (should it not too
>BV> be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). Perhaps it is OK to defer
>BV> processing of this new request until the first has been handled to 
>simplify
>BV> client bookkeeping and operation?
>BV>
>BV> Also, I assume that a client MUST always send a Request, even if it 
>has no
>BV> addresses or obtained configuration information from that server? Should
>BV> this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by the logic).
>
>     DISCUSSION:
>
>        The Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals
>        the client to complete a successful Request/Reply message
>        exchange.  Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,
>        the client proceeds with the Request/Reply message
>        exchange (retransmitting the Request if necessary); the
>        client ignores any additional Reconfigure-init messages
>        (regardless of the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init
>        message) until the Request/Reply exchange is complete.
>        Subsequent Reconfigure-init messages (again independent
>        of the transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new
>        Request/Reply exchange.
>
>        How does this mechanism work in the face of duplicated
>        or retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?  Duplicate
>        messages will be ignored because the client will begin
>        the Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the
>        first Reconfigure-init.  Retransmitted messages will
>        either trigger the Request/Reply exchange (if the first
>        Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will
>        be ignored.  The server can discontinue retransmission of
>        Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server
>        receives the client's Request.
>
>        It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted
>        Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and
>        delivered out of order) to arrive at the client after
>        the Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original
>        Reconfigure-init) has been completed.  In this case, the
>        client would initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.
>        The likelihood of delayed and out of order delivery is small
>        enough to be ignored.  The consequence of the redundant
>        exchange is inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.
>
>14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request messages
>
>     When responding to a Reconfigure-init, the client creates and
>     sends the Request message in exactly the same manner as outlined in
>     section 13.3.1 with the following difference:
>
>        IAs   The client includes IA options containing the addresses the
>              client currently has assigned to those IAs for the interface
>              through which the Reconfigure-init message was received.
>
>14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request messages
>
>     The client uses the same variables and retransmission algorithm as it
>     does with Request messages generated as part of a client-initiated
>     configuration exchange.  See section 13.3.1 for details.
>
>14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages
>
>     Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message, the client extracts the
>     contents of the "options" field, and sets (or resets) configuration
>     parameters appropriately.  The client records and updates the
>     lifetimes for any addresses specified in IAs in the Reply message.
>     If the configuration parameters changed were requested by the
>     application layer, the client notifies the application layer of the
>     changes using an implementation-specific interface.
>
>17. DHCP options
>
>     Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
>     in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
>     described in section 17.1.
>
>     This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
>     DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
>     separate document.
>
>17.1. Format of DHCP options
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |          option-code          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                          option-data                          |
>       |                      (option-len octets)                      |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>
>        option-code An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
>                  type carried in this option.
>
>        option-len An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
>                  this option in octets.
>
>        option-data The data for the option; the format of this data
>                  depends on the definition of the option.
>
>17.3. Option request option
>
>        0                   1                   2                   3
>        0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>       |                              ...                              |
>       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
>
>
>        option-code OPTION_ORO (2)
>
>        option-len Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes
>                  carried in this option.
>
>        option-data A list of the option codes for the options requested
>                  in this option.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F226.2397E4D0
Content-Type: text/html;
	charset="iso-8859-1"

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="MS Exchange Server version 5.5.2654.19">
<TITLE>RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>Ralph:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;2) I don't know that we have an upper bound on DHCPv6 message size that is </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;smaller than the IPv6 UDP datagram size (in contrast with the DHCPv4 </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;message size limit, which was imposed for compatibility with BOOTP and </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;circa 1990 IPv4 stacks).&nbsp; I don't think the DHCPv6 message size is an issue.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>While I don't forsee any client having such a huge number of addresses, but just</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>in case, it would be good to know what the maximum message size a server (and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>hence client) needs to support? After all it is a lot more work to have to support</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>an arbitrary message size (ones needs to first determine the size of the message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>before reading it with UDP). So, I think we should specify a maximum message size.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>I would think that 8192 or 16384 should likely be more the sufficient for most</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>cases?</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>Regarding lack of feedback from others ... please don't let that stop you from</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>publishing other parts. I'm most interested in the client identifier (DHCP Unique</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>Identifier or whatever) and IA details.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>- Bernie Volz</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>-----Original Message-----</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>From: Ralph Droms [<A HREF="mailto:droms@bucknell.edu">mailto:droms@bucknell.edu</A>]</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>Sent: Saturday, June 09, 2001 10:01 AM</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>To: DHCPv6 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>Subject: RE: Spec text for Reconfigure-init</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>Bernie - thanks for the feedback.&nbsp; I'm still waiting for other reviews of </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>this text.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>Soapbox: It is *CRUCIAL* that we get feedback from</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>other WG members *AS SOON AS POSSIBLE*.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In addition</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>to this Reconfigure-init text, I will be posting some</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>text excerpts about authentication and DHCPv6 options.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>We need you to read and comment on those excerpts so</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>we can complete the next rev of the draft.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*=*</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>Here are my responses to your (Bernie's) comments:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>1) OK; text to be added pointing out that transaction-id of </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>Reconfigure-init will be unused by client</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>2) I don't know that we have an upper bound on DHCPv6 message size that is </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>smaller than the IPv6 UDP datagram size (in contrast with the DHCPv4 </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>message size limit, which was imposed for compatibility with BOOTP and </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>circa 1990 IPv4 stacks).&nbsp; I don't think the DHCPv6 message size is an issue.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>3) I think the semantics should be to reconfigure all addresses (regardless </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>of source) *AND* all DHCP-supplied configuration parameters on the </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>interface over which the Reconfigure-init message was received.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>- Ralph</FONT>
</P>
<BR>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>At 05:09 PM 6/7/2001 -0500, Bernie Volz (EUD) wrote:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Ralph:</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Sorry for the slow response ... some comments (I haven't seen other </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;feedback yet?):</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;1) This text still does not state that the transaction-id of the </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Reconfigure-Init is meaningless. It should.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;2) What if the number of IAs that might need to be included exceed the </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;packet size? Do we want to provide a means for a client to send multiple </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Requests in this case. Hopefully, this is not a common occurrance. I would </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;leave the obligation to handle this at the client and it is not a server </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;issue. A server assumes a Reconfigure-Init is done when a Request is </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;received from the client. A client's reconfiguration is not complete until </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;it has done a Request (or multiple Requests) on all of the IAs for the </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;interface. Impacts section 14.3.2.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;3) As discussed later (see BV&gt;), we need to clarify exactly what </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Reconfigure-Init means:</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; a) Reconfigure *ALL* addresses on that particular interface </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; regardless of the server OR</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; b) Reconfigure only the addresses on that particular interface </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; obtained from that server.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;There could be cases where there are multiple servers and clients even </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;obtained addresses from multiple servers (because a server was temporarily </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;down, for example). So, we need to be clear.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; From the text below, it would imply that all IAs on the interface are </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; sent (at least by my interpretation) - even those that might not have </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; been obtained from the server that sent the Reconfigure-Init. I assume </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; this is the desired behavoir but we need to be more explicit about it.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Additional comments below.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;- Bernie Volz</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;-----Original Message-----</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;From: Ralph Droms [&lt;<A HREF="mailto:rdroms@cisco.com">mailto:rdroms@cisco.com</A>&gt;<A HREF="mailto:rdroms@cisco.com">mailto:rdroms@cisco.com</A>]</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Sent: Thursday, May 31, 2001 5:08 PM</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;To: DHCPv6 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Subject: Spec text for Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;Here's some proposed text describing the use of the Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;message.&nbsp; I've extracted this text from the draft spec, so watch the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;section numbers to be warned of elided text.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;- Ralph</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;7. DHCP Constants</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This section describes various program and networking constants used</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; by DHCP.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;7.5. Configuration Variables</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This section presents a table of client and server configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; variables and the default or initial values for these variables.&nbsp; The</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client-specific variables MAY be configured on the server and MAY be</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; delivered to the client through the &quot;DHCP Retransmission Parameter</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Option&quot; in a Reply message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;_________________________________________________________________________</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|Parameter__________|Default|_Description______________________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|MIN_SOL_DELAY______|1______|_MIN_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|MAX_SOL_DELAY______|5______|_MAX_(secs)_to_delay_1st_mesg_____________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|ADV_MSG_TIMEOUT____|500____|_SOL_Retrans_timer_(msecs)________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|ADV_MSG_MAX________|30_____|_MAX_timer_value_(secs)___________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|SOL_MAX_ATTEMPTS___|-1_____|_MAX_attempts_(-1_=_infinite)_____________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|REP_MSG_TIMEOUT____|250____|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)_for_Reply__________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|QRY_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_MAX_Request/Confirm/Renew/Rebind_attempts|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|REL_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|5______|_MAX_Release/Decline_attempts_____________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT_|2000___|_Retrans_timer_(msecs)____________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS___|10_____|_Reconfigure_attempts_____________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|REC_THRESHOLD______|100____|_%_of_required_clients____________________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt; </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;|SRVR_PREF_WAIT_____|2______|_Advertise_Collect_timer_(secs)___________|_</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;9. Message Formats</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Each DHCP message has an identical fixed format header; some messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; also allow a variable format area for options.&nbsp; Not all fields in</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the header are used in every message.&nbsp; In this section, every field</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; is described for every message and fields that are not used in a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; message are marked as &quot;unused&quot;.&nbsp; All unused fields in a message MUST</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; be transmitted as zeroes and ignored by the receiver of the message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The DHCP message header:</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; msg-type&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp; preference&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; transaction-ID&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client-link-local-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (16 octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (16 octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; options&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; .</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (variable)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;9.10. DHCP Reconfigure-init Message Format</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; msg-type&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; RECONF-INIT</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; preference&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (unused) MUST be 0</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; transaction-ID&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; An unsigned integer generated</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; by the server to identify this</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reconfigure-init message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client-link-local-address&nbsp;&nbsp; (unused) MUST be 0</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server-address&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The IP address of the DHCP server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; issuing the Reconfigure-init message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; MUST be of sufficient scope to be</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; reachable by all clients.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; options&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; See section 17.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14. DHCP Server-Initiated Configuration Exchange</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A server initiates a configuration exchange to force DHCP clients</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; to obtain new addresses and other configuration information.&nbsp; For</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; example, an administrator may use a server-initiated configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange when links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered.&nbsp; Other</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; examples include changes in the location of directory servers,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; addition of new services such as printing, and availability of new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; software (system or application).</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.1. Reconfigure-init Message Validation</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Agents MUST silently discard any received Reconfigure-init messages.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; Say &quot;Servers and Agents MUST silently ...&quot;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Clients MUST discard any Reconfigure-init messages that do</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; not contain an authentication option or that fail the client's</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; authentication check.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.2. Server Behavior</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A server sends a Reconfigure-init message to cause a client to</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; initiate immediately a Request/Reply message exchange with the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.2.1. Creation and sending of Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server sets the &quot;msg-type&quot; field to RECONFIG-INIT. The server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; generates a transaction-ID and inserts it in the &quot;transaction-ID&quot;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; field.&nbsp; The server places its address (of appropriate scope) in the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &quot;server-address&quot; field.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MAY include an ORO option to inform the client of what</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; information has been changed or new information that has been added.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MUST include an authentication option with the appropriate</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; settings and add that option as the last option in the &quot;options&quot;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; field of the Reconfigure-init message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server MUST NOT include any other options in the Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; except as specifically allowed in the definition of individual</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; options.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server unicasts the Reconfigure-init message to one client.&nbsp; The</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; server may unicast Reconfigure-init messages to more than one client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; concurrently; for example, to reliably reconfigure all known clients,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the server will unicast a Reconfigure-init message to each client.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; After the server sends the Reconfigure-init message, it waits for a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Request message from those clients confirming that each client has</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; received the Reconfigure-init and are thus initiating a Request/Reply</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; transaction with the server.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.2.2. Time out and retransmission of Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If the server does not receive a Request message from the client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT milliseconds, the server retransmits</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Reconfigure-init message, doubles the RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; value and waits again.&nbsp; The server continues this process until</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS unsuccessful attempts have been made, at which point</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the server SHOULD abort the reconfigure process.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Default and initial values for RECREP_MSG_TIMEOUT and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; REC_MSG_ATTEMPTS are documented in section 7.5.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.2.3. Receipt of Request messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The server generates and sends Reply message(s) to the client as</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; described in section 13.4.6, including in the &quot;option&quot; field new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; values for configuration parameters.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.3. Client Behavior</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; A client MUST always monitor UDP port 546 for Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; messages on interfaces upon which it has acquired DHCP parameters.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Since the results of a reconfiguration event may affect application</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; layer programs, the client SHOULD log these events, and MAY notify</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; these programs of the change through an implementation-specific</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; interface.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.3.1. Receipt of Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure-init message, the client</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; initiates a Request/Reply transaction with the server.&nbsp; While</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Request/Reply transaction is in progress, the client silently</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; discards any Reconfigure-init messages it receives.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; &quot;the client MUST silently discard any Reconfigure-init messages it </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;receives</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; on that interface [from that server].&quot; The &quot;from that server&quot; is likely</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; important? What if a client has obtained several addresses from one </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; and later tried to obtain more but was unable to from that server so it</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; sent a SOLICIT and started working with another server? We probably </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;need to</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; be clear about what a Reconfigure-Init message means. Does it mean</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; reconfigure ALL addresses on that interface or does it mean to </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;reconfigure</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; all addresses allocated by that server? Depending on how that is </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;answered,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; the &quot;silently discard&quot; needs to be conditionalized accordingly. And, what</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; happens if another server initiates a Reconfigure-Init (should it not too</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; be sent Request/Reply with all addresses). Perhaps it is OK to defer</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; processing of this new request until the first has been handled to </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;simplify</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; client bookkeeping and operation?</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; Also, I assume that a client MUST always send a Request, even if it </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;has no</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; addresses or obtained configuration information from that server? Should</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;BV&gt; this be explicitly stated (it is assumed by the logic).</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DISCUSSION:</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The Reconfigure-init message acts as a trigger that signals</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the client to complete a successful Request/Reply message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange.&nbsp; Once the client has received a Recongfigure-init,</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the client proceeds with the Request/Reply message</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange (retransmitting the Request if necessary); the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client ignores any additional Reconfigure-init messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (regardless of the transaction ID in the Reconfigure-init</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; message) until the Request/Reply exchange is complete.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Subsequent Reconfigure-init messages (again independent</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; of the transaction ID) cause the client to initiate a new</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Request/Reply exchange.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; How does this mechanism work in the face of duplicated</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; or retransmitted Reconfigure-init messages?&nbsp; Duplicate</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; messages will be ignored because the client will begin</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Request/Reply exchange after the receipt of the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; first Reconfigure-init.&nbsp; Retransmitted messages will</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; either trigger the Request/Reply exchange (if the first</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reconfigure-init was not received by the client) or will</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; be ignored.&nbsp; The server can discontinue retransmission of</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reconfigure-init messages to the client once the server</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; receives the client's Request.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reconfigure-init to be sufficiently delayed (and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; delivered out of order) to arrive at the client after</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; the Request/Reply exchange (initiated by the original</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Reconfigure-init) has been completed.&nbsp; In this case, the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client would initiate a redundant Request/Reply exchange.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The likelihood of delayed and out of order delivery is small</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; enough to be ignored.&nbsp; The consequence of the redundant</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; exchange is inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.3.2. Creation and sending of Request messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; When responding to a Reconfigure-init, the client creates and</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; sends the Request message in exactly the same manner as outlined in</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; section 13.3.1 with the following difference:</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IAs&nbsp;&nbsp; The client includes IA options containing the addresses the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; client currently has assigned to those IAs for the interface</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; through which the Reconfigure-init message was received.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.3.3. Time out and retransmission of Request messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The client uses the same variables and retransmission algorithm as it</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; does with Request messages generated as part of a client-initiated</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; configuration exchange.&nbsp; See section 13.3.1 for details.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;14.3.4. Receipt of Reply messages</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message, the client extracts the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; contents of the &quot;options&quot; field, and sets (or resets) configuration</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; parameters appropriately.&nbsp; The client records and updates the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; lifetimes for any addresses specified in IAs in the Reply message.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If the configuration parameters changed were requested by the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; application layer, the client notifies the application layer of the</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; changes using an implementation-specific interface.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;17. DHCP options</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Options are used to carry additional information and parameters</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in DHCP messages.&nbsp; Every option shares a common base format, as</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; described in section 17.1.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; DHCP specification.&nbsp; Other options may be defined in the future in a</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; separate document.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;17.1. Format of DHCP options</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-code&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-data&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (option-len octets)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-code An unsigned integer identifying the specific option</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; type carried in this option.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; this option in octets.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-data The data for the option; the format of this data</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; depends on the definition of the option.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;17.3. Option request option</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; OPTION_ORO&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; requested-option-code-1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; requested-option-code-2&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ...&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; |</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-code OPTION_ORO (2)</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-len Variable; equal to twice the number of option codes</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; carried in this option.</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; option-data A list of the option codes for the options requested</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=2>&gt;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; in this option.</FONT>
</P>

</BODY>
</HTML>
------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F226.2397E4D0--



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 15 18:08:16 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with ESMTP id SAA00611
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 18:08:15 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5FM4oL16965;
	Fri, 15 Jun 2001 18:04:51 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mail-out2.apple.com (mail-out2.apple.com [17.254.0.51])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5FM4gL14922
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 18:04:42 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from apple.con (A17-128-100-225.apple.com [17.128.100.225])
	by mail-out2.apple.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id PAA14935
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 15:04:41 -0700 (PDT)
Received: from scv1.apple.com (scv1.apple.com) by apple.con
 (Content Technologies SMTPRS 4.2.1) with ESMTP id <T542903fb86118064e15fc@apple.con> for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>;
 Fri, 15 Jun 2001 15:02:59 +0100
Received: from [206.111.147.149] (vpn-gh-1026.apple.com [17.254.140.1])
	by scv1.apple.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with SMTP id PAA00539
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 15:04:40 -0700 (PDT)
Message-Id: <200106152204.PAA00539@scv1.apple.com>
Subject: RE: Suffix search order RFC
Date: Fri, 15 Jun 2001 15:04:40 -0700
x-sender: cheshire@mail.apple.com
x-mailer: Claris Emailer 2.0v3, January 22, 1998
From: Stuart Cheshire <cheshire@apple.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="US-ASCII"
Reply-To: cheshire@apple.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

>Bob,
>The draft draft-aboba-dhc-domsearch-01.txt was submitted for this, but has
>since expired.  I don't believe there has been any renewed interest...
>
>Regards,
>Greg

There's *interest*. This is very useful, and we'd implement it in a 
moment at Apple just as soon as it gets an IANA option code. 
Unfortunately everyone involved is very busy, and I think the draft just 
languished.

I'm resisting the temptation to offer to resurrect it myself because I 
have other obligations I need to catch up with before I take on more work.

The Classless Static Route Option is another example of a useful feature 
just waiting for the ink to dry and the IANA option code to be assigned.

Stuart Cheshire <cheshire@apple.com>
 * Wizard Without Portfolio, Apple Computer
 * Chairman, IETF ZEROCONF
 * www.stuartcheshire.org



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 15 19:13:22 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with ESMTP id TAA01525
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 19:13:22 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5FNAhL19040;
	Fri, 15 Jun 2001 19:10:43 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from internaut.com ([64.38.134.99])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5FNAUL09910
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 15 Jun 2001 19:10:30 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (aboba@localhost)
	by internaut.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id QAA00677;
	Fri, 15 Jun 2001 16:04:50 -0700 (PDT)
	(envelope-from aboba@internaut.com)
Date: Fri, 15 Jun 2001 16:04:50 -0700 (PDT)
From: Bernard Aboba <aboba@internaut.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
cc: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Suffix search order RFC
In-Reply-To: <200106152204.PAA00539@scv1.apple.com>
Message-ID: <Pine.BSF.4.21.0106151604260.588-100000@internaut.com>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
Reply-To: aboba@internaut.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I've updated the draft and resubmitted it. Should be posted on the archive
soon. 

On Fri, 15 Jun 2001, Stuart Cheshire wrote:

> >Bob,
> >The draft draft-aboba-dhc-domsearch-01.txt was submitted for this, but has
> >since expired.  I don't believe there has been any renewed interest...
> >
> >Regards,
> >Greg
> 
> There's *interest*. This is very useful, and we'd implement it in a 
> moment at Apple just as soon as it gets an IANA option code. 
> Unfortunately everyone involved is very busy, and I think the draft just 
> languished.
> 
> I'm resisting the temptation to offer to resurrect it myself because I 
> have other obligations I need to catch up with before I take on more work.
> 
> The Classless Static Route Option is another example of a useful feature 
> just waiting for the ink to dry and the IANA option code to be assigned.
> 
> Stuart Cheshire <cheshire@apple.com>
>  * Wizard Without Portfolio, Apple Computer
>  * Chairman, IETF ZEROCONF
>  * www.stuartcheshire.org
> 
> 



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Tue Jun 19 13:26:51 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id NAA27988;
	Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:26:50 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5JHQ9L07283;
	Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:26:10 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5JHQ7L09800;
	Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:26:07 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (dhcp-161-44-149-121.cisco.com [161.44.149.121]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id NAA02897; Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:25:48 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010619131635.00b38618@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:24:50 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: Changes to mailing lists
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I'm about to move the DHC WG mailing lists to the IETF mailing list 
service.  This transition gives us a chance to think about the organization 
of the mailing lists.

Why make a change?  Well, there's some duplication of e-mail and (at least 
recently) not a lot of traffic on either list.  For example, I send WG 
meeting announcements, minutes, (this message!), etc. to both lists.

Here are three ways we could make the transition to the IETF mail service:

* Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list
* Create a dhcwg mailing list for all WG-related
   administrivia and technical conversation about DHCP
   RFCs and I-Ds, and a dhcpv6 mailing list focused on
   the DHCPv6 I-D
* Leave the lists unchanged

I'm bringing this issue to the mailing list to explore options and develop 
consensus about any changes to the mailing list as I move them to the IETF 
service.  Please post all follow up e-mail to the dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu 
mailing *only*.

- Ralph



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Tue Jun 19 13:29:28 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id NAA28048
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:29:28 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5JHQ9L13632;
	Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:26:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5JHQ7L09800;
	Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:26:07 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (dhcp-161-44-149-121.cisco.com [161.44.149.121]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id NAA02897; Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:25:48 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010619131635.00b38618@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:24:50 -0400
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: Changes to mailing lists
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: rdroms@cisco.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I'm about to move the DHC WG mailing lists to the IETF mailing list 
service.  This transition gives us a chance to think about the organization 
of the mailing lists.

Why make a change?  Well, there's some duplication of e-mail and (at least 
recently) not a lot of traffic on either list.  For example, I send WG 
meeting announcements, minutes, (this message!), etc. to both lists.

Here are three ways we could make the transition to the IETF mail service:

* Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list
* Create a dhcwg mailing list for all WG-related
   administrivia and technical conversation about DHCP
   RFCs and I-Ds, and a dhcpv6 mailing list focused on
   the DHCPv6 I-D
* Leave the lists unchanged

I'm bringing this issue to the mailing list to explore options and develop 
consensus about any changes to the mailing list as I move them to the IETF 
service.  Please post all follow up e-mail to the dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu 
mailing *only*.

- Ralph



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun 20 16:00:10 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA20557
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:00:10 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5KJtML01405;
	Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:55:22 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from fwns2.raleigh.ibm.com (fwns2d.raleigh.ibm.com [204.146.167.236])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5KJtIL04657
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:55:18 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rtpmail03.raleigh.ibm.com (rtpmail03.raleigh.ibm.com [9.37.172.47])
	by fwns2.raleigh.ibm.com (8.9.0/8.9.0/RTP-FW-1.2) with ESMTP id PAA24306;
	Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:51:54 -0400
Received: from rotala.raleigh.ibm.com (root@rotala.raleigh.ibm.com [9.37.60.3])
	by rtpmail03.raleigh.ibm.com (8.8.5/8.8.5/RTP-ral-1.1) with ESMTP id PAA24260;
	Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:54:55 -0400
Received: from rotala.raleigh.ibm.com (narten@localhost) by rotala.raleigh.ibm.com (8.9.3/8.7/RTP-ral-1.0) with ESMTP id PAA16749; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:52:06 -0400
Message-Id: <200106201952.PAA16749@rotala.raleigh.ibm.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
cc: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Re: Changes to mailing lists 
In-Reply-To: Message from Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com> 
   of "Tue, 19 Jun 2001 13:24:50 EDT." <4.3.2.7.2.20010619131635.00b38618@funnel.cisco.com> 
Date: Wed, 20 Jun 2001 15:52:06 -0400
From: Thomas Narten <narten@raleigh.ibm.com>
Reply-To: narten@raleigh.ibm.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

> Here are three ways we could make the transition to the IETF mail service:

> * Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list

Personally, I'd prefer a single list. I think there is value in having
all the folks interested in DHCP in one place. There have been times
when discussion on the v6  side of things could have used input from
those familiar  with DHCPv4, even if those folks weren't really
following the v6 work very closely.

> I'm bringing this issue to the mailing list to explore options and develop 
> consensus about any changes to the mailing list as I move them to the IETF 
> service.  Please post all follow up e-mail to the dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu 
> mailing *only*.

I hope that folks are sending Ralph private replies, because one of
the hardest things for a WG chair is making decisions when no one
responds to an explicit call for input.

Thomas



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun 20 16:58:12 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA22554
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:58:11 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5KKtqL09170;
	Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:52 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from zcars0m9.ca.nortel.com (h157s242a129n47.user.nortelnetworks.com [47.129.242.157])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5KKtcL14300
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:38 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from zcars04f.ca.nortel.com (zcars04f.ca.nortel.com [47.129.242.57])
	by zcars0m9.ca.nortel.com (8.11.0/8.11.0) with ESMTP id f5KKt8026957
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from zcard015.ca.nortel.com by zcars04f.ca.nortel.com;
          Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:05 -0400
Received: by zcard015.ca.nortel.com with Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19) 
          id <M5GHVJJ8>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:08 -0400
Message-ID: <75C9A75D295AD31184E70008C79189D20874B334@zcard00b.ca.nortel.com>
From: "Glenn Waters" <gww@nortelnetworks.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: RE: Changes to mailing lists
Date: Wed, 20 Jun 2001 16:55:05 -0400
MIME-Version: 1.0
X-Mailer: Internet Mail Service (5.5.2653.19)
Content-Type: multipart/alternative;
              boundary="----_=_NextPart_001_01C0F9CB.48B01330"
X-Orig: <gww@americasm01.nt.com>
Reply-To: gww@nortelnetworks.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

This message is in MIME format. Since your mail reader does not understand
this format, some or all of this message may not be legible.

------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F9CB.48B01330
Content-Type: text/plain;
	charset="iso-8859-1"

Thanks for the prompt Thomas.

I like having the two lists so that I can separate v4 issues from v6 issues.
I still subscribe to both lists but I filter them to separate mailboxes.

In the end I could live with one list if that makes Ralph's job easier.

Cheers, /gww

-----Original Message-----
From: Thomas Narten [mailto:narten@raleigh.ibm.com] 
Sent: Wednesday, June 20, 2001 3:52 PM
To: DHCPv4 discussion list
Cc: DHCPv4 discussion list
Subject: Re: Changes to mailing lists

> Here are three ways we could make the transition to the IETF mail service:

> * Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list

Personally, I'd prefer a single list. I think there is value in having
all the folks interested in DHCP in one place. There have been times
when discussion on the v6  side of things could have used input from
those familiar  with DHCPv4, even if those folks weren't really
following the v6 work very closely.

> I'm bringing this issue to the mailing list to explore options and develop

> consensus about any changes to the mailing list as I move them to the IETF

> service.  Please post all follow up e-mail to the dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu 
> mailing *only*.

I hope that folks are sending Ralph private replies, because one of
the hardest things for a WG chair is making decisions when no one
responds to an explicit call for input.

Thomas


------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F9CB.48B01330
Content-Type: text/html;
	charset="iso-8859-1"
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV=3D"Content-Type" CONTENT=3D"text/html; =
charset=3Diso-8859-1">
<META NAME=3D"Generator" CONTENT=3D"MS Exchange Server version =
5.5.2654.59">
<TITLE>RE: Changes to mailing lists</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Thanks for the prompt Thomas.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>I like having the two lists so that I can separate v4 =
issues from v6 issues. I still subscribe to both lists but I filter =
them to separate mailboxes.</FONT></P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>In the end I could live with one list if that makes =
Ralph's job easier.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Cheers, /gww</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>-----Original Message-----</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>From: Thomas Narten [<A =
HREF=3D"mailto:narten@raleigh.ibm.com">mailto:narten@raleigh.ibm.com</A>=
] </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Sent: Wednesday, June 20, 2001 3:52 PM</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>To: DHCPv4 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Cc: DHCPv4 discussion list</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>Subject: Re: Changes to mailing lists</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; Here are three ways we could make the transition =
to the IETF mail service:</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; * Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Personally, I'd prefer a single list. I think there =
is value in having</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>all the folks interested in DHCP in one place. There =
have been times</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>when discussion on the v6&nbsp; side of things could =
have used input from</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>those familiar&nbsp; with DHCPv4, even if those =
folks weren't really</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>following the v6 work very closely.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; I'm bringing this issue to the mailing list to =
explore options and develop </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; consensus about any changes to the mailing list =
as I move them to the IETF </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; service.&nbsp; Please post all follow up e-mail =
to the dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu </FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>&gt; mailing *only*.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>I hope that folks are sending Ralph private replies, =
because one of</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>the hardest things for a WG chair is making =
decisions when no one</FONT>
<BR><FONT SIZE=3D2>responds to an explicit call for input.</FONT>
</P>

<P><FONT SIZE=3D2>Thomas</FONT>
</P>

</BODY>
</HTML>
------_=_NextPart_001_01C0F9CB.48B01330--



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Wed Jun 20 17:19:49 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id RAA23301
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 17:19:48 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5KLJ6L12080;
	Wed, 20 Jun 2001 17:19:06 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from diablo.cisco.com (diablo.cisco.com [171.68.224.210])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5KLIpL17716
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 17:18:51 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from JSCHNIZL-W2K.cisco.com (rtp-vpn-87.cisco.com [10.82.192.87]) by diablo.cisco.com (8.8.6 (PHNE_14041)/CISCO.SERVER.1.2) with ESMTP id OAA25703 for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Wed, 20 Jun 2001 14:18:34 -0700 (PDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010620170455.00b8a818@diablo.cisco.com>
X-Sender: jschnizl@diablo.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Wed, 20 Jun 2001 17:08:13 -0400
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
From: John Schnizlein <jschnizl@cisco.com>
Subject: Re: Changes to mailing lists 
In-Reply-To: <200106201952.PAA16749@rotala.raleigh.ibm.com>
References: <Message from Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
 <4.3.2.7.2.20010619131635.00b38618@funnel.cisco.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Reply-To: jschnizl@cisco.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I would also prefer a single list.
 From my limited view, it seems traffic is manageable. ;-)

John
Normally don't send "me too" replies, but this one seemed licensed.

At 03:52 PM 6/20/2001, Thomas Narten wrote:

>Personally, I'd prefer a single list. ...
>I hope that folks are sending Ralph private replies, because one of
>the hardest things for a WG chair is making decisions when no one
>responds to an explicit call for input.



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 16:11:17 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA08161;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:16 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MKARL11439;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:27 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MKAOL02482
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:24 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (sjc-vpn-531.cisco.com [10.21.66.19]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id QAA12676 for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:03 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010622152754.036b43f8@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 15:36:59 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: Authentication for DHCPv6
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I've completed the text for authentication in the DHCPv6 spec.  I've 
excerpted the relevant sections from the draft and included the text 
below.  Because authentication added a fair amount of new text, I'd like to 
start getting feedback on this text while I finish other revisions to the 
spec.  So, I would appreciate your review and any comments you might have 
on this text.

Those of you who have read the DHCPv4 authentication RFC will recognize 
much of this text.  Watch the section numbers in the text below; I've 
elided sections not of interest to the authentication spec...

- Ralph

=====


17. Authentication of DHCP messages

    Some network administrators may wish to provide authentication of
    the source and contents of DHCP messages.  For example, clients may
    be subject to denial of service attacks through the use of bogus
    DHCP servers, or may simply be misconfigured due to unintentionally
    instantiated DHCP servers.  Network administrators may wish to
    constrain the allocation of addresses to authorized hosts to avoid
    denial of service attacks in "hostile" environments where the network
    medium is not physically secured, such as wireless networks or
    college residence halls.

    Because of the risk of denial of service attacks against DHCP
    clients, the use of authentication is mandated in Reconfigure-init
    messages.  A DHCP server MUST include an authentication option in
    Reconfigure-init messages sent to clients.

    The DHCP authentication mechanism is based on the design of
    authentication for DHCP for IPv4 [8].


17.1. DHCP threat model

    The threat to DHCP is inherently an insider threat (assuming a
    properly configured network where DHCPv6 ports are blocked on
    the enterprise's perimeter gateways.)  Regardless of the gateway
    configuration, however, the potential attacks by insiders and
    outsiders are the same.

    The attack specific to a DHCP client is the possibility of the
    establishment of a "rogue" server with the intent of providing
    incorrect configuration information to the client.  The motivation
    for doing so may be to establish a "man in the middle" attack or it
    may be for a "denial of service" attack.

    There is another threat to DHCP clients from mistakenly or
    accidentally configured DHCP servers that answer DHCP client requests
    with unintentionally incorrect configuration parameters.

    The threat specific to a DHCP server is an invalid client
    masquerading as a valid client.  The motivation for this may be for
    "theft of service", or to circumvent auditing for any number of
    nefarious purposes.

    The threat common to both the client and the server is the resource
    "denial of service" (DoS) attack.  These attacks typically involve
    the exhaustion of valid addresses, or the exhaustion of CPU or
    network bandwidth, and are present anytime there is a shared
    resource.  In current practice, redundancy mitigates DoS attacks the
    best.


17.2. Summary of DHCP authentication

    Authentication of DHCP messages is accomplished through the use of
    the Authentication option.  The authentication information carried
    in the Authentication option can be used to reliably identify the
    source of a DHCP message and to confirm that the contents of the DHCP
    message have not been tampered with.

    The Authentication option provides a framework for multiple
    authentication protocols.  Two such protocols are defined here.
    Other protocols defined in the future will be specified in separate
    documents.

    The protocol field in the Authentication option identifies the
    specific protocol used to generate the authentication information
    carried in the option.  The algorithm field identifies a specific
    algorithm within the authentication protocol; for example, the
    algorithm field specifies the hash algorithm used to generate the
    message authentication code (MAC) in the authentication option.  The
    replay detection method (RDM) field specifies the type of replay
    detection used in the replay detection field.


17.3. Replay detection

    The Replay Detection Method (RDM) field determines the type of replay
    detection used in the Replay Detection field.

    If the RDM field contains 0x00, the replay detection field MUST be
    set to the value of a monotonically increasing counter.  Using a
    counter value such as the current time of day (e.g., an NTP-format
    timestamp [12]) can reduce the danger of replay attacks.  This method
    MUST be supported by all protocols.


17.4. Configuration token protocol

    If the protocol field is 0, the authentication information field
    holds a simple configuration token.  The configuration token is an
    opaque, unencoded value known to both the sender and receiver.  The
    sender inserts the configuration token in the DHCP message and the
    receiver matches the token from the message to the shared token.  If
    the configuration option is present and the token from the message
    does not match the shared token, the receiver MUST discard the
    message.

    Configuration token may be used to pass a plain-text configuration
    token and provides only weak entity authentication and no message
    authentication.  This protocol is only useful for rudimentary
    protection against inadvertently instantiated DHCP servers.

    DISCUSSION:

       The intent here is to pass a constant, non-computed token
       such as a plain-text password.  Other types of entity
       authentication using computed tokens such as Kerberos
       tickets or one-time passwords will be defined as separate
       protocols.


17.5. Delayed authentication protocol

    If the protocol field is 1, the message is using the "delayed
    authentication" mechanism.  In delayed authentication, the client
    requests authentication in its Solicit message and the server replies
    with an Advertise message that includes authentication information.
    This authentication information contains a nonce value generated by
    the source as a message authentication code (MAC) to provide message
    authentication and entity authentication.

    The use of a particular technique based on the HMAC protocol [10]
    using the MD5 hash [18] is defined here.


17.5.1. Management issues in the delayed authentication protocol

    The "delayed authentication" protocol does not attempt to address
    situations where a client may roam from one administrative domain
    to another, i.e.  interdomain roaming.  This protocol is focused on
    solving the intradomain problem where the out-of-band exchange of a
    shared secret is feasible.


17.5.2. Use of the Authentication option in the delayed authentication
    protocol

    In a Solicit message, the Authentication option carries the Protocol,
    Algorithm, RDM and Replay detection fields, but no Authentication
    information.

    In an Advertise, Request, Renew, Rebind or Confirm message, the
    Authentication option carries the Protocol, Algorithm, RDM and Replay
    detection fields and Authentication information.  The format of the
    Authentication information is:

      0                   1                   2                   3
      0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
     +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
     |                     Secret ID (32 bits)                       |
     +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
     |                                                               |
     |                     HMAC-MD5 (128 bits)                       |
     |                                                               |
     |                                                               |
     +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+


    The following definitions will be used in the description of the
    authentication information for delayed authentication, algorithm 1:

    Replay Detection  - as defined by the RDM field
    K                 - a secret value shared between the source and
                        destination of the message; each secret has a
                        unique identifier (secret ID)
    secret ID         - the unique identifier for the secret value
                        used to generate the MAC for this message
    HMAC-MD5          - the MAC generating function.


    The sender computes the MAC using the HMAC generation algorithm [10]
    and the MD5 hash function  [18].  The entire DHCP message (except
    as noted below), including the DHCP message header and the options
    field, is used as input to the HMAC-MD5 computation function.  The
    'secret ID' field MUST be set to the identifier of the secret used to
    generate the MAC.

    DISCUSSION:

       Algorithm 1 specifies the use of HMAC-MD5.  Use of a
       different technique, such as HMAC-SHA, will be specified as
       a separate protocol.

       Delayed authentication requires a shared secret key for each
       client on each DHCP server with which that client may wish
       to use the DHCP protocol.  Each secret key has a unique
       identifier that can be used by a receiver to determine which
       secret was used to generate the MAC in the DHCP message.
       Therefore, delayed authentication may not scale well in an
       architecture in which a DHCP client connects to multiple
       administrative domains.


17.5.3. Message validation

    To validate an incoming message, the receiver first checks that
    the value in the replay detection field is acceptable according
    to the replay detection method specified by the RDM field.  Next,
    the receiver computes the MAC as described in [10].  The receiver
    MUST set the 'MAC' field of the authentication option to all 0s for
    computation of the MAC, and because a DHCP relay agent may alter
    the values of the 'giaddr' and 'hops' fields in the DHCP message,
    the contents of those two fields MUST also be set to zero for the
    computation of the MAC. If the MAC computed by the receiver does not
    match the MAC contained in the authentication option, the receiver
    MUST discard the DHCP message.


17.5.4. Key utilization

    Each DHCP client has a key, K. The client uses its key to encode
    any messages it sends to the server and to authenticate and verify
    any messages it receives from the server.  The client's key SHOULD
    be initially distributed to the client through some out-of-band
    mechanism, and SHOULD be stored locally on the client for use in all
    authenticated DHCP messages.  Once the client has been given its key,
    it SHOULD use that key for all transactions even if the client's
    configuration changes; e.g., if the client is assigned a new network
    address.

    Each DHCP server MUST know, or be able to obtain in a secure manner,
    the keys for all authorized clients.  If all clients use the same
    key, clients can perform both entity and message authentication for
    all messages received from servers.  However, the sharing of keys
    is strongly discouraged as it allows for unauthorized clients to
    masquerade as authorized clients by obtaining a copy of the shared
    key.  To authenticate the identity of individual clients, each client
    MUST be configured with a unique key.


17.5.5. Client considerations for delayed authentication protocol

17.5.5.1. Sending Solicit messages

    When the client sends a Solicit message and wishes to use
    authentication, it includes an Authentication option with the desired
    protocol, algorithm, RDM and replay detection field as described
    in section 17.5.  The client does not include any authentication
    information in the Authentication option.


17.5.6. Receiving Advertise messages

    The client validates any Advertise messages containing an
    Authentication option specifying the delayed authentication protocol
    using the validation test described in section 17.5.3.

    Client behavior if no Advertise messages include authentication
    information or pass the validation test is controlled by local policy
    on the client.  According to client policy, the client MAY choose to
    respond to a Advertise message that has not been authenticated.

    The decision to set local policy to accept unauthenticated messages
    should be made with care.  Accepting an unauthenticated Advertise
    message can make the client vulnerable to spoofing and other
    attacks.  If local users are not explicitly informed that the client
    has accepted an unauthenticated Advertise message, the users may
    incorrectly assume that the client has received an authenticated
    address and is not subject to DHCP attacks through unauthenticated
    messages.

    A client MUST be configurable to discard unauthenticated messages,
    and SHOULD be configured by default to discard unauthenticated
    messages.  A client MAY choose to differentiate between Advertise
    messages with no authentication information and Advertise messages
    that do not pass the validation test; for example, a client might
    accept the former and discard the latter.  If a client does accept an
    unauthenticated message, the client SHOULD inform any local users and
    SHOULD log the event.


17.5.6.1. Sending Request, Confirm, Renew, Rebind or Release messages

    If the client authenticated the Advertise message through which the
    client selected the server, the client MUST generate authentication
    information for subsequent Request, Confirm, Renew, Rebind or Release
    messages sent to the server as described in section 17.5.  When the
    client sends a subsequent message, it MUST use the same secret used
    by the server to generate the authentication information.


17.5.6.2. Receiving Reply messages

    If the client authenticated the Advertise it accepted, the client
    MUST validate the associated Reply message from the server.  The
    client MUST discard the Reply if the message fails to pass validation
    and MAY log the validation failure.  If the Reply fails to pass
    validation, the client MUST restart the DHCP configuration process by
    sending a Solicit message.  The client MAY choose to remember which
    server replied with a Reply message that failed to pass validation
    and discard subsequent messages from that server.

    If the client accepted an Advertise message that did not include
    authentication information or did not pass the validation test, the
    client MAY accept an unauthenticated Reply message from the server.


17.5.7. Server considerations for delayed authentication protocol

17.5.7.1. Receiving Solicit messages and Sending Advertise messages

    The server selects a secret for the client and includes
    authentication information in the Advertise message returned to the
    client as specified in section 17.5.  The server MUST record the
    identifier of the secret selected for the client and use that same
    secret for validating subsequent messages with the client.


17.5.7.2. Receiving Request, Confirm, Renew, Rebind or Release messages
    and Sending Reply messages

    The server uses the secret identified in the message and validates
    the message as specified in section 17.5.3.  If the message fails to
    pass validation or the server does not know the secret identified by
    the 'secret ID' field, the server MUST discard the message and MAY
    choose to log the validation failure.

    If the message passes the validation procedure, the server responds
    to the specific message as described in section 14.4.  The server
    MUST include authentication information generated using the secret
    identified in the received message as specified in section 17.5.


17.5.7.3. Sending Reconfigure-Init messages

    The server MUST include authentication information in a
    Reconfigure-Init message, generated as specified in section 17.5
    using the secret the server initially selected for the client to
    which the Reconfigure-Init message is to be sent.


18. DHCP options

    Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
    in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
    described in section 18.1.

    This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
    DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
    separate document.


18.1. Format of DHCP options

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |          option-code          |           option-len          |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                          option-data                          |
      |                      (option-len octets)                      |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+



       option-code   An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
                     type carried in this option.

       option-len    An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
                     this option in octets.

       option-data   The data for the option; the format of this data
                     depends on the definition of the option.

18.9. Authentication option

    The Authentication option carries authentication information to
    authenticate the identity and contents of DHCP messages.  The use of
    the Authentication option is described in section 17.

    The format of the Authentication option is:

     0                   1                   2                   3
     0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |          OPTION_AUTH          |        option-length          |
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |   Protocol    |   Algorithm   |      RDM      | Replay detect.|
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |                    Replay Detection (64 bits)                 |
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |                 Replay cont.                  | Auth. Info    |
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
    |                                                               |
    |           Authentication Information                          |
    |                                                               |
    +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+


       option-code                  OPTION_AUTH (TBD)

       option-length                Variable

       protocol                     The authentication protocol used in
                                    this authentication option

       algorithm                    The algorithm used in the
                                    authentication protocol

       RDM                          The replay detection method used in
                                    this authentication option

       Replay detection             The replay detection information for
                                    the RDM

       Authentication information   The authentication information,
                                    as specified by the protocol and
                                    algorithm used in this authentication
                                    option


24. IANA Considerations

    This document defines several new name spaces associated with DHCPv6
    and DHCPv6 options.  IANA is requested to manage the allocation of
    values from these name spaces.

    New values in each of these name spaces should be approved by the
    process of IETF Consensus [14].


24.5. Authentication option

    Section 17 defines three new name spaces associated with the
    Authentication Option (section 18.9), which are to be created and
    maintained by IANA: Protocol, Algorithm and RDM.

    Initial values assigned from the Protocol name space are 0 (for the
    configuration token Protocol in section 17.4) and 1 (for the delayed
    authentication Protocol in section 17.5).  Additional protocols may
    be defined in the future.

    The Algorithm name space is specific to individual Protocols.  That
    is, each Protocol has its own Algorithm name space.  The guidelines
    for assigning Algorithm name space values for a particular protocol
    should be specified along with the definition of a new Protocol.

    For the configuration token Protocol, the Algorithm field MUST be
    0, as described in section 17.4.  For the delayed authentication
    Protocol, the Algorithm value 1 is assigned to the HMAC-MD5
    generating function as defined in section 17.5.  Additional
    algorithms for the delayed authentication protocol may be defined in
    the future.

    The initial value of 0 from the RDM name space is assigned to the
    use of a monotonically increasing value as defined in section 17.3.
    Additional replay detection methods may be defined in the future.

References

     [8] R. Droms and W. Arbaugh.  Authentication for DHCP Messages.
         Internet Draft, Internet Engineering Task Force, January 2001.
         Work in progress.

    [10] H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, and R. Canetti.  HMAC: Keyed-Hashing
         for Message Authentication.  Request for Comments
         (Informational) 2104, Internet Engineering Task Force,
         February 1997.

    [12] David L. Mills.  Network Time Protocol (Version 3)
         Specification, Implementation.  Request for Comments (Draft
         Standard) 1305, Internet Engineering Task Force, March 1992.

    [14] T. Narten and H. Alvestrand.  Guidelines for Writing an IANA
         Considerations Section in RFCs.  Request for Comments (Best
         Current Practice) 2434, Internet Engineering Task Force, October
         1998.

    [18] R. Rivest.  The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm.  Request for
         Comments (Informational) 1321, Internet Engineering Task Force,
         April 1992.



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 16:11:54 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA08216;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:54 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MKBfL07281;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:41 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MKAPL14649
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:25 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (sjc-vpn-531.cisco.com [10.21.66.19]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id QAA12681 for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:07 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010622154842.036b80b8@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 15:54:45 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: Draft text for DUID and IAID
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

Included below is draft text from the -19 rev of the DHCPv6 spec that 
describes the "DHCP unique identifier" (DUID) and the "identity association 
identifier" (IAID).

I've explicitly separated the DUID from the IAID.  We had been discussing 
generating an "IA identifier" as the combination of a client identifier and 
an interface index.  Separating the two identifiers seemed cleaner to 
me.  A binding is now identified by <DUID, IAID>.

The rules for selecting a DUID are still TBD.

Please review and comment on this draft text.

- Ralph

=====


6.2. DHCP Terminology

    Terminology specific to DHCP can be found below.

       binding                   A binding (or, client binding) is a
                                 group of server data records containing
                                 the server's information about the
                                 addresses in an IA and any other
                                 configuration information assigned to
                                 the client.  A binding is indexed by the
                                 tuple <DUID, IAID>.

       DUID                      A DHCP unique identifier for a client.

                                 DISCUSSION:

                                    Rules for choosing a DUID are TBD.

       Identity association (IA) A collection of addresses assigned to
                                 a client.  Each IA has an associated
                                 IAID. An IA may have 0 or more addresses
                                 associated with it.

       Identity association identifier (IAID) An identifier for an IA,
                                 chosen by the client.  Each IA has an
                                 IAID, which is chosen to be unique among
                                 all IAIDs for IAs belonging to that
                                 client.


11. DHCP unique identifier (DUID)

    Each DHCP client has a DUID. DHCP servers use DUIDs to identify
    clients for the selection of configuration parameters and in
    the association of IAs with clients.  See section 18.2 for the
    representation of a DUID in a DHCP message.

    DISCUSSION:

       The syntax, rules for selecting and requirements for gloabl
       uniqueness in DUIDs are TBD.

       The DUID is carried in an option because it may be variable
       length and because it is not required in all DHCP options
       (e.g., messages sent by servers need not include a DUID).


12. Identity association

    An "identity-association" (IA) is a construct through which a server
    and a client can identify, group and manage IPv6 addresses.  Each IA
    consists of an IAID and a list of associated IPv6 addresses (the list
    may be empty).  A client associates an IA with one of its interfaces
    and uses the IA to obtain IPv6 addresses for that interface from a
    server.

    See section 18.3 for the representation of an IA in a DHCP message.


18. DHCP options

    Options are used to carry additional information and parameters
    in DHCP messages.  Every option shares a common base format, as
    described in section 18.1.

    This document describes the DHCP options defined as part of the base
    DHCP specification.  Other options may be defined in the future in a
    separate document.


18.1. Format of DHCP options

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |          option-code          |           option-len          |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                          option-data                          |
      |                      (option-len octets)                      |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+



       option-code   An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
                     type carried in this option.

       option-len    An unsigned integer giving the length of the data in
                     this option in octets.

       option-data   The data for the option; the format of this data
                     depends on the definition of the option.


18.2. DHCP unique identifier option

    The DHCP unique identifier option is used to carry a DUID. The format
    for the DUID is keyed to mark the type of identifier and is of
    variable length.  The format of the DUID option is:

       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |          OPTION DUID          |          option-len           |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |           DUID type           |           DUID len            |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                             DUID                              |
      .                                                               .
      .                                                               .
      .                                                               .
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+




18.3. Identity association option

    The identity association option is used to carry an identity
    association, the parameters associated with the IA and the addresses
    assigned to the IA.

    The format of the IA option is:


       0                   1                   2                   3
       0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |           OPTION IA           |          option-len           |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                        IAID (4 octets)                        |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                              T1                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                              T2                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |   IA status   |   num-addrs   |T| addr status | prefix length |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                                                               |
      |                         IPv6 address                          |
      |                          (16 octets)                          |
      |                                                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                      preferred lifetime                       |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                        valid lifetime                         |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |T| addr status | prefix length |                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
      |                         IPv6 address                          |
      |                          (16 octets)                          |
      |                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                               |      preferred lifetime       |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      | pref. lifetime (cont.)        |        valid lifetime         |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      | valid lifetime (cont.)        |T| addr status | prefix length |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                                                               |
      |                         IPv6 address                          |
      |                          (16 octets)                          |
      |                                                               |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |                              ...                              |
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+



       option-code          OPTION_IA (1)

       option-len           Variable; equal to 24 + num-addrs*26

       IA ID                The unique identifier for this IA; chosen by
                            the client

       T1                   The time at which the client contacts the
                            server from which the addresses in the IA
                            were obtained to extend the lifetimes of the
                            addresses assigned to the IA.

       T2                   The time at which the client contacts any
                            available server to extend the lifetimes of
                            the addresses assigned to the IA.

       T                    When set to 1, indicates that this address
                            is a "temporary address" [?]; when set to 0,
                            the address is not a temporary address.

       IA status            Status of the IA in this option.

       num-addrs            An unsigned integer giving the number of
                            addresses carried in this IA option (MAY be
                            zero).

       addr status          Status of the addresses in this IA.

       prefix length        Prefix length for this address.

       IPv6 address         An IPv6 address assigned to this IA.

       preferred lifetime   The preferred lifetime for the associated
                            IPv6 address.

       valid lifetime       The valid lifetime for the associated IPv6
                            address.

    The "IPv6 address", "preferred lifetime" and "valid lifetime" fields
    are repeated for each address in the IA option (as determined by the
    "num-addrs" field).

    Note that an IA has no explicit "lifetime" or "lease length" of
    its own.  When the lifetimes of all of the addresses in an IA have
    expired, the IA can be considered as having expired.  T1 and T2
    are included to give servers explicit control over when a client
    recontacts the server about a specific IA.

    The 'T' bit identifies the associated address as a temporary address.
    If the server is configured to assign temporary addresses to the
    client, the server marks those temporary addresses with the 'T'
    bit.  The number of temporary addresses assigned to the client and
    the lifetimes of those addresses is determined by the administrative
    configuration of the server.  The 'T' bit only identifies an address
    as a temporary address; identification of an address as ``temporary''
    has no implication on the lifetime of the extensibility of the
    lifetime of the address.



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 16:11:58 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA08240;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:58 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MKBmL05130;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:48 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MKARL06162
	for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:27 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (sjc-vpn-531.cisco.com [10.21.66.19]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id QAA12694 for <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:10 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010622151615.00b55208@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 15:57:06 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: Next rev of DHCP spec
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I expect to publish the -19 rev of the DHCP spec by the end of the day next 
Monday, 6/24.  I've posted excerpts from the new spec on Reconfigure-init, 
authentication and DUID/IAID.  I will post a summary by the end of the 
afternoon of the other changes in the -19 draft.

If you have any comments, please get them to me by noon EDT Mon, 6/25, for 
inclusion in the -19 rev.  Earlier than noon Mon would *really* be 
appreciated if you have substantial comments...

- Ralph



From owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 16:12:11 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA08261;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:12:11 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MKBuL25493;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:11:56 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MKAUL31349;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:30 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (sjc-vpn-531.cisco.com [10.21.66.19]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id QAA12700; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:12 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010622151525.0367ed78@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:01:11 -0400
To: DHCPv6 discussion list <dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: DHC WG meetings in London
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
Sender: owner-dhcp-v6@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I'm working up the schedule for DHC WG meetings in London...

I expect to send off the -19 rev of the DHCPv6 draft Monday evening 
(6/25).  I *sincerely* hope that this draft will be ready for WG last call.

Assuming that the DHCPv6 spec is ready for WG last call, we will have 
little DHCPv6 business to discuss in London.  Accordingly, I plan to 
schedule one DHC WG session in London for both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 business.

If you have specific agenda items for the London WG meeting or specific 
schedulign constraints (other WG meetings to avoid, specific days you will 
not be in London), please let me know by Tuesday afternoon (6/26).

- Ralph



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 16:15:46 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id QAA08404
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:15:45 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MKAfL23399;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:43 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from funnel.cisco.com (funnel.cisco.com [161.44.131.24])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MKAUL31349;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:30 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from rdroms-w2k.cisco.com (sjc-vpn-531.cisco.com [10.21.66.19]) by funnel.cisco.com (8.8.5-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with ESMTP id QAA12700; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:10:12 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <4.3.2.7.2.20010622151525.0367ed78@funnel.cisco.com>
X-Sender: rdroms@funnel.cisco.com
X-Mailer: QUALCOMM Windows Eudora Version 4.3.2
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:01:11 -0400
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
From: Ralph Droms <rdroms@cisco.com>
Subject: DHC WG meetings in London
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"; format=flowed
Reply-To: rdroms@cisco.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

I'm working up the schedule for DHC WG meetings in London...

I expect to send off the -19 rev of the DHCPv6 draft Monday evening 
(6/25).  I *sincerely* hope that this draft will be ready for WG last call.

Assuming that the DHCPv6 spec is ready for WG last call, we will have 
little DHCPv6 business to discuss in London.  Accordingly, I plan to 
schedule one DHC WG session in London for both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 business.

If you have specific agenda items for the London WG meeting or specific 
schedulign constraints (other WG meetings to avoid, specific days you will 
not be in London), please let me know by Tuesday afternoon (6/26).

- Ralph



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 22 19:30:10 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id TAA15061
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 19:30:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5MNQkL17337;
	Fri, 22 Jun 2001 19:26:46 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mail-out1.apple.com (mail-out1.apple.com [17.254.0.52])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5MNQcL24689
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 19:26:38 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from apple.com (A17-129-100-225.apple.com [17.129.100.225])
	by mail-out1.apple.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id QAA25791
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:26:37 -0700 (PDT)
Received: from scv3.apple.com (scv3.apple.com) by apple.com
 (Content Technologies SMTPRS 4.2.1) with ESMTP id <T544d5d1037118164e15c0@apple.com> for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>;
 Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:26:37 -0700
Received: from [17.202.44.113] (chesh1.apple.com [17.202.44.113])
	by scv3.apple.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with SMTP id QAA06942
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:26:36 -0700 (PDT)
Message-Id: <200106222326.QAA06942@scv3.apple.com>
Subject: Re: Changes to mailing lists
Date: Fri, 22 Jun 2001 16:26:37 -0700
x-sender: cheshire@mail.apple.com
x-mailer: Claris Emailer 2.0v3, January 22, 1998
From: Stuart Cheshire <cheshire@apple.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="US-ASCII"
Reply-To: cheshire@apple.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

>* Merge dhcp-v4 and dhcp-v6 into one list

I'd vote for this. With the limited traffic each list gets, I can easily 
ignore topics I'm not interested in.

Stuart Cheshire <cheshire@apple.com>
 * Wizard Without Portfolio, Apple Computer
 * Chairman, IETF ZEROCONF
 * www.stuartcheshire.org



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Mon Jun 25 18:23:12 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id SAA28507
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 18:23:11 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5PMIrL24511;
	Mon, 25 Jun 2001 18:18:53 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from robspc.join.com (IDENT:root@tycho-165-227-59-154.tychonet.com [165.227.59.154])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5PMIZL29882
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 18:18:37 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from join.com (IDENT:robs@localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by robspc.join.com (8.11.0/8.11.0) with ESMTP id f5PNKxd06194
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 16:21:03 -0700
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
Message-ID: <3B37C75A.8C2D01BE@join.com>
Date: Mon, 25 Jun 2001 16:20:58 -0700
From: Rob Stevens <robs@join.com>
Organization: Join Systems
X-Mailer: Mozilla 4.76 [en] (X11; U; Linux 2.2.16-22 i586)
X-Accept-Language: en
MIME-Version: 1.0
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Source Port# for packets from BOOTP relay agent
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
Reply-To: robs@join.com
X-Sender: robs@robspc.join.com
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit

I had always assumed this should be port 67
yet I must admit that in no RFC is this
issue addressed.

Anyone have any strong opinion/recollection
about this?

My interest is primarily to install filters on
Cable Modems which would block
traffic emanating from port67 and then,
on the server, discard any packet which
purports to have been relayed but which
does not come from port67.

However a certain WK router manufacturer
has port68 as the source port, so this would
defeat the scheme.

Please note: I'm not talking about what port#
DHCP servers should use as the destination
port# when replying to relay agents. This
*MUST* be port 67.



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Mon Jun 25 22:36:26 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id WAA04717
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 22:36:26 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5Q2XHL09912;
	Mon, 25 Jun 2001 22:33:19 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from toccata.fugue.com (toccata.fugue.com [204.152.186.142])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5Q2XDL15614
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 22:33:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from grosse.bisbee.fugue.com (205-140-116-226.ip.theriver.com [205.140.116.226]) by toccata.fugue.com (8.11.3/8.6.11) with ESMTP id f5Q2TxZ26408; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 19:29:59 -0700 (PDT)
Received: from grosse.bisbee.fugue.com (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by grosse.bisbee.fugue.com (8.11.3/8.6.11) with ESMTP id f5Q2X6W00585; Mon, 25 Jun 2001 19:33:06 -0700 (MST)
Message-Id: <200106260233.f5Q2X6W00585@grosse.bisbee.fugue.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
cc: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Re: Source Port# for packets from BOOTP relay agent 
In-Reply-To: Message from Rob Stevens <robs@join.com> 
   of "Mon, 25 Jun 2001 16:20:58 MST." <3B37C75A.8C2D01BE@join.com> 
Date: Mon, 25 Jun 2001 19:33:05 -0700
From: Ted Lemon <mellon@nominum.com>
Reply-To: mellon@nominum.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN


It makes no sense for the relay agent to use port 68 as its source
port, since it doesn't listen on port 68.   So I would say that the
right thing is to use port 67, but I don't see how this helps you with
the router vendor that's doing it wrong.   :'(

			       _MelloN_



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Tue Jun 26 18:37:28 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id SAA01537
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Tue, 26 Jun 2001 18:37:28 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5QMY9L00485;
	Tue, 26 Jun 2001 18:34:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from prv-mail20.provo.novell.com (prv-mail20.provo.novell.com [137.65.81.122])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5QMWbL06903
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Tue, 26 Jun 2001 18:32:37 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from INET-PRV-MTA by prv-mail20.provo.novell.com
	with Novell_GroupWise; Tue, 26 Jun 2001 16:32:06 -0600
Message-Id: <sb38b906.033@prv-mail20.provo.novell.com>
X-Mailer: Novell GroupWise Internet Agent 6.0
Date: Tue, 26 Jun 2001 16:32:24 -0600
From: "Mark Meredith" <MMEREDIT@novell.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Cc: "Vijay KN" <KNVIJAY@novell.com>, "Mark Hinckley" <MHINCKLEY@novell.com>
Subject: New draft on LDAP Schema for DHCP.
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary="=_114B1E76.36578F15"
Reply-To: MMEREDIT@novell.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

This is a MIME message. If you are reading this text, you may want to 
consider changing to a mail reader or gateway that understands how to 
properly handle MIME multipart messages.

--=_114B1E76.36578F15
Content-Type: multipart/alternative; boundary="=_114B1E76.35548C16"

--=_114B1E76.35548C16
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=US-ASCII
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable

I have sent this to the internet-drafts but have not seen it come through, =
so I thought I would post it here.
=20
=20
         Title:    LDAP Schema for DHCP
         Author(s): M. Meredith et al.
         FileName:  draft-ietf-dhc-ldap-schema-00.txt
        =20
This document defines a schema for representing DHCP configuration in an
LDAP directory. It can be used to represent the DHCP Service
configuration(s) for an entire enterprise network, a subset of the
network, or even a single server. Representing DHCP configuration in an
LDAP directory enables centralized management of DHCP services offered
by one or more DHCP Servers within the enterprise.
=20
-Mark

=20
Mark Meredith
Senior Software Engineer
Novell Inc
1800 Novell Place, Provo UT 84606
mark_meredith@novell.com=20
801-861-2645
=20
Novell, Inc., the leading provider of Net service software
www.novell.com=20
=20
---------------------
A boat in the harbor is safe,=20
but that is not what boats are for.
--John A. Shed
---------------------


--=_114B1E76.35548C16
Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable

<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML><HEAD>
<META http-equiv=3DContent-Type content=3D"text/html; charset=3Diso-8859-1"=
>
<META content=3D"MSHTML 5.50.4134.600" name=3DGENERATOR></HEAD>
<BODY style=3D"MARGIN-TOP: 2px; FONT: 8pt MS Sans Serif; MARGIN-LEFT: =
2px">
<DIV><FONT size=3D1>I have sent this to the internet-drafts but have not =
seen it=20
come through, so I thought I would post it here.</FONT></DIV>
<DIV><FONT size=3D1></FONT>&nbsp;</DIV>
<DIV>&nbsp;</DIV>
<DIV><FONT size=3D1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;=20
Title:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; LDAP Schema for=20
DHCP<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Author(s): M. =
Meredith=20
et al.<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; FileName:&nbsp;=
=20
draft-ietf-dhc-ldap-schema-00.txt<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&n=
bsp;&nbsp;=20
<BR>This document defines a schema for representing DHCP configuration =
in=20
an<BR>LDAP directory. It can be used to represent the DHCP=20
Service<BR>configuration(s) for an entire enterprise network, a subset =
of=20
the<BR>network, or even a single server. Representing DHCP configuration =
in=20
an<BR>LDAP directory enables centralized management of DHCP services=20
offered<BR>by one or more DHCP Servers within the=20
enterprise.<BR>&nbsp;<BR>-Mark<BR></FONT></DIV>
<DIV>&nbsp;</DIV>
<DIV><FONT size=3D1>Mark Meredith<BR>Senior Software Engineer<BR>Novell=20
Inc<BR>1800 Novell Place, Provo UT 84606<BR><A=20
href=3D"mailto:mark_meredith@novell.com">mark_meredith@novell.com</A><BR>80=
1-861-2645</FONT></DIV>
<DIV>&nbsp;</DIV>
<DIV><FONT size=3D1>Novell, Inc., the leading provider of Net service=20
software<BR><A href=3D"http://www.novell.com">www.novell.com</A></FONT></DI=
V>
<DIV>&nbsp;</DIV>
<DIV><FONT size=3D1>---------------------<BR>A boat in the harbor is safe, =
<BR>but=20
that is not what boats are for.<BR>--John A.=20
Shed<BR>---------------------</DIV></FONT></BODY></HTML>

--=_114B1E76.35548C16--

--=_114B1E76.36578F15
Content-Type: text/plain
Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="draft-dhc-ldap-schema-00.txt"







Network Working Group                                  M. Meredith,
Internet Draft                                         V. Nanjundaswamy,
Document: <draft-ietf-dhc-ldap-schema-00.txt>          M. Hinckley
Category: Proposed Standard                            Novell Inc.
Expires: 15th December 2001                            16th June 2001


                          LDAP Schema for DHCP

Status of this Memo

This document is an Internet-Draft and is in full conformance with all
provisions of Section 10 of RFC2026 [ ].

Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF), its areas, and its working groups.  Note that other groups
may also distribute working documents as Internet-Drafts. Internet-
Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months and may be
updated, replaced, or obsolete by other documents at any time.  It is
inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference material or to cite
them other than as "work in progress."  The list of current Internet-
Drafts can be accessed at http://www.ietf.org/ietf/1id-abstracts.txt The
list of Internet-Draft Shadow Directories can be accessed at
http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html.

1. Abstract

This document defines a schema for representing DHCP configuration in an
LDAP directory. It can be used to represent the DHCP Service
configuration(s) for an entire enterprise network, a subset of the
network, or even a single server. Representing DHCP configuration in an
LDAP directory enables centralized management of DHCP services offered
by one or more DHCP Servers within the enterprise.

2. Conventions used in this document

The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
"SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED",  "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
document are to be interpreted as described in RFC-2119 [ ].

In places where different sets of terminology are commonly used to
represent similar DHCP concepts, this schema uses the terminology of the
Internet Software Consortium's DHCP server reference implementation.
For more information see www.isc.org.

3. Design Considerations

The DHCP LDAP schema is designed to be a simple multi-server schema. The



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 1]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


intent of this schema is to provide a basic framework for representing
the most common elements used in the configuration of DHCP Server.  This
should allow other network services to obtain and use basic DHCP
configuration information in a server-independent but knowledgeable way.

It is expected that some implementations may need to extend the schema
objects, in order to implement all of their features or needs. It is
recommended that you use the schema defined in this draft to represent
DHCP configuration information in an LDAP directory.  Conforming to a
standard schema improves interoperability between DHCP implementations
from different vendors.

Some implementations may choose not to support all of the objects
defined here.

Two decisions are explicitly left up to each implementation:

First, implementations may choose not to store the lease information in
the directory, so those objects would not be used.

Second, implementations may choose not to implement the auditing
information.

It is up to the implementation to determine if the data in the directory
is considered "authoritative", or if it is simply a copy of data from an
authoritative source. Validity of the information if used as a copy is
to be ensured by the implementation.

Primarily two types of applications will use the information in this
schema: 1. DHCP servers (for loading their configuration) 2. Management
Interfaces (for defining/editing configurations).

The schema should be efficient for the needs of both types of
applications.  The schema is designed to allow objects managed by DHCP
(such as computers, subnets, etc) to be present anywhere in a directory
hierarchy (to allow those objects to be placed in the directory for
managing administrative control and access to the objects).

The schema uses a few naming conventions - all object classes and
attributes are prefixed with "dhcp" to decrease the chance that object
classes and attributes will have the same name.  The schema also uses
standard naming attributes ("cn", "ou", etc) for all objects.

4. Common DHCP Configuration Attributes

Although DHCP manages several different types of objects, the
configuration of those objects is often similar.  Consequently, most of
these objects have a common set of attributes, which are defined below.



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 2]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


4.1. Attributes Definitions

The schema definitions listed below are for readability.  The LDIF
layout for this schema will follow in section 8.

Name: dhcpPrimaryDN Description: The Distinguished Name of the
dhcpServer object, which is the primary server for the configuration.
Syntax: DN Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Named: dhcpSecondaryDN Description: The Distinguished Name(s) of the
dhcpServer object(s), which are secondary servers for the configuration.
Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpStatements Description: Flexible storage for representing any
specific data depending on the object to which it is attached. Examples
include conditional statements, Server parameters, etc.  This also
serves as a 'catch-all' attribute that allows the standard to evolve
without needing to update the schema.  Syntax: IA5String

Name: dhcpRange Description: The starting and ending IP Addresses in the
range (inclusive), separated by a hyphen; if the range only contains one
address, then just the address can be specified with no hyphen.  Each
range is defined as a separate value.  Syntax: IA5String

Name: dhcpPermitList Description: This attribute contains the permit
lists associated with a pool. Each permit list is defined as a separate
value.  Syntax: IA5String

Name: dhcpNetMask Description: The subnet mask length for the subnet.
The mask can be easily computed from this length.  Syntax: Integer
Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpOption Description: Encoded option values to be sent to
clients.  Each value represents a single option and contains (OptionTag,
Length, OptionData) encoded in the format used by DHCP.  For more
information see [DHCPOPT].  Syntax: OctetString

Name: dhcpClassData Description: Encoded text string or list of bytes
expressed in hexadecimal, separated by colons. Clients match subclasses
based on matching the class data with the results of a 'match' or 'spawn
with' statement in the class name declarations.  Syntax: IA5String
Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpSubclassesDN Description: List of subclasses, these are the
actual DN of each subclass object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpClassesDN Description: List of classes, these are the actual
DN of each class object.  Syntax: DN



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 3]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


Name: dhcpSubnetDN Description: List of subnets, these are the actual DN
of each subnet object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpPoolDN Description: List of pools, these are the actual DN of
each Pool object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpOptionsDN Description: List of options, these are the actual
DN of each Options object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpHostDN Description: List of hosts, these are the actual DN of
each host object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpSharedNetworkDN Description: List of shared networks, these
are the actual DN of each shared network object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpGroupDN Description: List of groups, these are the actual DN
of each Group object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpLeaseDN Description: Single Lease DN. A dhcpHost configuration
uses this attribute to identify a static IP address assignment.  Syntax:
DN Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpLeasesDN Description: List of leases, these are the actual DN
of each lease object.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpServiceDN Description: The DN of dhcpService object(s)which
contain the configuration information. Each dhcpServer object has this
attribute identifying the DHCP configuration(s) that the server is
associated with.  Syntax: DN

Name: dhcpHWAddress Description: The hardware address of the client
associated with a lease Syntax: OctetString Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpVersion Description: This is the version identified for the
object that this attribute is part of. In case of the dhcpServer object,
this represents the DHCP software version.  Syntax: IA5String Flags:
SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpImplementation Description: DHCP Server implementation
description e.g. DHCP Vendor information.  Syntax: IA5String Flags:
SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpHashBucketAssignment Description: HashBucketAssignment bit map
for the DHCP Server, as defined in DHC Load Balancing Algorithm [RFC
3074].  Syntax: Octet String Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpDelayedServiceParameter Description: Delay in seconds
corresponding to Delayed Service Parameter configuration, as defined in



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 4]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


DHC Load Balancing Algorithm [RFC 3074].  Syntax: Integer Flags: SINGLE-
VALUE

Name: dhcpMaxClientLeadTime Description: Maximum Client Lead Time
configuration in seconds, as defined in DHCP Failover Protocol [FAILOVR]
Syntax: Integer Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpFailOverEndpointState Description: Server (Failover Endpoint)
state, as defined in DHCP Failover Protocol [FAILOVR] Syntax: IA5String
Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

5. Configurations and Services

The schema definitions below are for readability the LDIF layout for
this schema will follow in section 8.

The DHC working group is currently considering several proposals for
fail-over and redundancy of DHCP servers.  These may require sharing of
configuration information between servers.  This schema provides a
generalized mechanism for supporting any of these proposals, by
separating the definition of a server from the definition of
configuration service provided by the server.

Separating the DHCP Server (dhcpServer) and the DHCP Configuration
(dhcpService) representations allows a configuration service to be
provided by one or more servers. Similarly, a server may provide one or
more configurations. The schema allows a server to be configured as
either a primary or secondary provider of a DHCP configuration.

Configurations are also defined so that one configuration can include
some of the objects that are defined in another configuration.  This
allows for sharing and/or a hierarchy of related configuration items.

Name: dhcpService Description:  Service object that represents the
actual DHCP Service configuration. This will be a container with the
following attributes.  Must: cn, dhcpPrimaryDN May: dhcpSecondaryDN,
dhcpSharedNetworkDN, dhcpSubnetDN, dhcpGroupDN, dhcpHostDN,
dhcpClassesDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following objects could exist inside the dhcpService container:
dhcpSharedNetwork, dhcpSubnet, dhcpGroup, dhcpHost, dhcpClass,
dhcpServer, dhcpOptions, dhcpLog

Name: dhcpServer Description:  Server object that the DHCP server will
login as.  The configuration information is in the dhcpService container
that the dhcpServiceDN points to.  Must: cn, dhcpServiceDN May:
dhcpVersion, dhcpImplementation, dhcpHashBucketAssignment,
dhcpDelayedServiceParameter, dhcpMaxClientLeadTime,



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 5]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


dhcpFailOverEndpointState

5.1. DHCP Declaration related classes:

Name: dhcpSharedNetwork Description: Shared Network class will list what
pools and subnets are in this network.

This will be a container with the following attributes.  Must: cn May:
dhcpSubnetDN, dhcpPoolDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following objects can exist within a dhcpSharedNetwork container:
dhcpSubnet, dhcpPool, dhcpOptions, dhcpLog

Name: dhcpSubnet Description: Subnet object will include configuration
information associated with a subnet, including a range and a net mask.

This will be a container with the following attributes.  Must: cn
(Subnet address), dhcpNetMask May: dhcpRange, dhcpPoolDN, dhcpGroupDN,
dhcpHostDN, dhcpClassesDN, dhcpLeasesDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following objects can exist within a dhcpSubnet container: dhcpPool,
dhcpGroup, dhcpHost, dhcpClass, dhcpOptions, dhcpLease, dhcpLog

Name: dhcpGroup Description: Group object will have configuration
information associated with a group.

This will be a container with the following attributes.  Must: cn May:
dhcpHostDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following objects can exist within a dhcpGroup container: dhcpHost,
dhcpOptions

Name: dhcpHost Description: The host object includes DHCP host
declarations to assign a static IP address or declare the client as
known or specify statements for a specific client.  Must: cn May:
dhcpLeaseDN, dhcpHWAddress, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

Name: dhcpOptions Description: The options class is for option space
declarations, it contains a list of options.  Must: cn May: dhcpOption

Name: dhcpClass Description: This is a class to group clients together
based on matching rules.

This will be a container with the following attributes.  Must: cn May:
dhcpSubClassesDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following object can exist within a dhcpClass container:
dhcpSubclass, dhcpOptions



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 6]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


Name: dhcpSubClass Description: This includes configuration information
for a subclass associated with a class. The dhcpSubClass object will
always be contained within the corresponding class container object.
Must: cn May:  dhcpClassData, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

Name: dhcpPool Description: This contains configuration for a pool that
will have the range of addresses, permit lists and point to classes and
leases that are members of this pool.

This will be a container that could be contained by dhcpSubnet or a
dhcpSharedNetwork.  Must: cn, dhcpRange May: dhcpClassesDN,
dhcpPermitList, dhcpLeasesDN, dhcpOptionsDN, dhcpStatements

The following objects can exist within a dhcpPool container: dhcpClass,
dhcpOptions, dhcpLease, dhcpLog

6. Tracking Address Assignments

The behavior of a DHCP server is influenced by two factors - it's
configuration and the current state of the addresses that have been
assigned to clients. This schema defines a set of objects for
representing the DHCP configuration associated with a server. The
following object classes provide the ability to record how addresses are
used including maintaining history (audit log) on individual leases.
Recording lease information in a directory could result in a significant
performance impact and is therefore optional. Implementations supporting
logging of leases need to consider the performance impact.

6.1. dhcpLeases Attribute Definitions

The schema definitions below are for readability the LDIF layout for
this schema will follow in section 8.

Name: dhcpAddressState Description: This stores information about the
current binding-status of an address.  For dynamic addresses managed by
DHCP, the values should be restricted to the states defined in the DHCP
Failover Protocol draft [FAILOVR]: 'FREE', 'ACTIVE', 'EXPIRED',
'RELEASED', 'RESET', 'ABANDONED', 'BACKUP'.  For more information on
these states see [FAILOVR].  For other addresses, it SHOULD be one of
the following: 'UNKNOWN', 'RESERVED' (an address that is managed by DHCP
that is reserved for a specific client), 'RESERVED-ACTIVE' (same as
reserved, but address is currently in use),  'ASSIGNED' (assigned
manually or by some other mechanism), 'UNASSIGNED', 'NOTASSIGNABLE'.
Syntax: IA5String Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpExpirationTime Description: This is the time the current lease
for an address expires.  Syntax: DateTime Flags: SINGLE-VALUE




M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 7]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


Name: dhcpStartTimeOfState Description: This is the time of the last
state change for a leased address.  Syntax: DateTime Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpLastTransactionTime Description: This is the last time a valid
DHCP packet was received from the client.  Syntax: DateTime Flags:
SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpBootpFlag Description: This indicates whether the address was
assigned via BOOTP Syntax: Boolean Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpDomainName Description: This is the name of the domain sent to
the client by the server.  It is essentially the same as the value for
DHCP option 15 sent to the client, and represents only the domain - not
the full FQDN.  To obtain the full FQDN assigned to the client you must
prepend the "dhcpAssignedHostName" to this value with a ".".  Syntax:
IA5String Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpDnsStatus Description: This indicates the status of updating
DNS resource records on behalf of the client by the DHCP server for this
address.  The value is a 16-bit bitmask that has the same values as
specified by the Failover-DDNS option (see [FAILOVR]).  Syntax: Integer
Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpRequestedHostName Description: This is the hostname that was
requested by the client.  Syntax: IA5String Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpAssignedHostName Description: This is the actual hostname that
was assigned to a client. It may not be the name that was requested by
the client.  The fully qualified domain name can be determined by
appending the value of "dhcpDomainName" (with a dot separator) to this
name.  Syntax: IA5String Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpReservedForClient Description: This is the distinguished name
of the "dhcpHost" that an address is reserved for.  This may not be the
same as the "dhcpAssignedToClient" attribute if the address is being
reassigned but the current lease has not yet expired.  Syntax: DN Flags:
SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpAssignedToClient Description: This is the distinguished name
of a "dhcpHost" that an address is currently assigned to.  This
attribute is only present in the class when the address is leased.
Syntax: DN Flags: SINGLE-VALUE

Name: dhcpRelayAgentInfo Description: If the client request was received
via a relay agent, this contains information about the relay agent that
was available from the DHCP request.  This is a hex-encoded option
value.  Syntax: OctetString Flags: SINGLE-VALUE




M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 8]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


6.2.  dhcpLeases Object Class

This class represents an IP address.  It may or may not be leaseable,
and the object may exist even though a lease is not currently active for
the associated IP address.

It is recommended that all Lease objects for a single DHCP Service be
centrally located within a single container. This ensures that the lease
objects and the corresponding logs do not have to be relocated, when
address ranges allocated to individual DHCP subnets and/or pools change.

The schema definitions below are for readability the LDIF layout for
this schema will follow in section 8.

Name: dhcpLeases Description: This is the object that holds state
information about an IP address. The cn (which is the IP address), and
the current address-state are mandatory attributes. If the address is
assigned then, some of the optional attributes will have valid data.
Must: cn, dhcpAddressState May: dhcpExpirationTime,
dhcpStartTimeOfState, dhcpLastTransactionTime, dhcpBootpFlag,
dhcpDomainName, dhcpDnsStatus, dhcpRequestedHostName,
dhcpAssignedHostName, dhcpReservedForClient, dhcpAssignedToClient,
dhcpRelayAgentInfo, dhcpHWAddress

6.3 Audit Log Information

A dhcpLog object is created whenever a lease is assigned or released.
This object is intended to be created under the corresponding dhcpLeases
container, or dhcpPool, dhcpSubnet, dhcpSharedNetwork or dhcpService
containers.

The log information under the dhcpLeases container would be for
addresses matching that lease information. The log information in the
other containers could be used for errors, i.e. when a pool or subnet is
out our addresses or if a server is not able to assign any more
addresses for a particular dhcpService.

Name: dhcpLog Description: This is the object that holds past
information about an IP address. The cn is the time/date stamp when the
address was assigned or released, the address state at the time, if the
address was assigned or released.  Must: cn May: dhcpAddressState,
dhcpExpirationTime, dhcpStartTimeOfState, dhcpLastTransactionTime,
dhcpBootpFlag, dhcpDomainName, dhcpDnsStatus, dhcpRequestedHostName,
dhcpAssignedHostName, dhcpReservedForClient, dhcpAssignedToClient,
dhcpRelayAgentInfo, dhcpHWAddress






M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                 [Page 9]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


7. Determining settings

The dhcpStatements attribute is the key to DHC enhancements that may
come along, and the different key words that a particular server
implementation may use. This attribute can be used to hold conditional
DHCP Statements and DHCP server parameters. Having a generic settings
attribute that is just a string, allows this schema to be extensible and
easy to configure.

All of the attributes that end with DN are references to the class that
precedes the DN e.g. the dhcpPrimaryDN and dhcpSecondaryDN attributes
hold the Distinguished Names of the dhcpServer objects that are
associated with the dhcpService object.

8. LDIF format for attributes and classes.

# Attributes

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.1 NAME 'dhcpPrimaryDN' DESC
'The DN of the dhcpServer which is the primary server for the
configuration.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.2 NAME 'dhcpSecondaryDN' DESC 'The DN of
dhcpServer(s) which provide backup service for the configuration.'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.3 NAME 'dhcpStatements' DESC 'Flexible
storage for specific data depending on what object this exists in. Like
conditional statements, server parameters, etc. This allows the standard
to evolve without needing to adjust the schema.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.4 NAME 'dhcpRange' DESC 'The starting &
ending IP Addresses in the range (inclusive), separated by a hyphen; if
the range only contains one address, then just the address can be
specified with no hyphen.  Each range is defined as a separate value.'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.5 NAME 'dhcpPermitList' DESC 'This attribute
contains the permit lists associated with a pool. Each permit list is
defined as a separate value.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.6 NAME 'dhcpNetMask' DESC 'The subnet mask
length for the subnet.  The mask can be easily computed from this
length.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.7 NAME 'dhcpOption' DESC 'Encoded option
values to be sent to clients.  Each value represents a single option and
contains (OptionTag, Length, OptionValue) encoded in the format used by
DHCP.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.40 )

M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 10]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.8 NAME 'dhcpClassData' DESC 'Encoded text
string or list of bytes expressed in hexadecimal, separated by colons.
Clients match subclasses based on matching the class data with the
results of match or spawn with statements in the class name
declarations.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.9 NAME 'dhcpOptionsDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) of the dhcpOption objects containing the
configuration options provided by the server.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.10 NAME 'dhcpHostDN' DESC 'the distinguished
name(s) of the dhcpHost objects.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.11 NAME 'dhcpPoolDN' DESC 'The distinguished
name(s) of pools.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.12 NAME 'dhcpGroupDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s)   of the groups.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.13 NAME 'dhcpSubnetDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) of the subnets.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.14 NAME 'dhcpLeaseDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name of a client address.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 SINGLE-VALUE)

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.15 NAME 'dhcpLeasesDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) client addresses.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.16 NAME 'dhcpClassesDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) of a class(es) in a subclass.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.17 NAME 'dhcpSubclassesDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) of subclass(es).' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.18 NAME 'dhcpSharedNetworkDN' DESC 'The
distinguished name(s) of sharedNetworks.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.19 NAME 'dhcpServiceDN' DESC 'The DN of
dhcpService object(s)which contain the configuration information. Each
dhcpServer object has this attribute identifying the DHCP



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 11]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


configuration(s) that the server is associated with.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.20 NAME 'dhcpVersion' DESC 'The version
attribute of this object.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-
VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.21 NAME 'dhcpImplementation' DESC
'Description of the DHCP Server implementation e.g. DHCP Server's
vendor.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.22 NAME 'dhcpAddressState' DESC 'This stores
information about the current binding-status of an address.  For dynamic
addresses managed by DHCP, the values should be restricted to the
following: "FREE", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", "RELEASED", "RESET",
"ABANDONED", "BACKUP".  For other addresses, it SHOULD be one of the
following: "UNKNOWN", "RESERVED" (an address that is managed by DHCP
that is reserved for a specific client), "RESERVED-ACTIVE" (same as
reserved, but address is currently in use), "ASSIGNED" (assigned
manually or by some other mechanism), "UNASSIGNED", "NOTASSIGNABLE".'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.23 NAME 'dhcpExpirationTime' DESC 'This is
the time the current lease for an address expires.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.24 NAME 'dhcpStartTimeOfState' DESC 'This is
the time of the last state change for a leased address.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.25 NAME 'dhcpLastTransactionTime' DESC 'This
is the last time a valid DHCP packet was received from the client.'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.24 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.26 NAME 'dhcpBootpFlag' DESC 'This indicates
whether the address was assigned via BOOTP.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.27 NAME 'dhcpDomainName' DESC 'This is the
name of the domain sent to the client by the server.  It is essentially
the same as the value for DHCP option 15 sent to the client, and
represents only the domain - not the full FQDN.  To obtain the full FQDN
assigned to the client you must prepend the "dhcpAssignedHostName" to
this value with a ".".' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-
VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.28 NAME 'dhcpDnsStatus' DESC 'This indicates
the status of updating DNS resource records on behalf of the client by



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 12]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


the DHCP server for this address.  The value is a 16-bit bitmask.'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.29 NAME 'dhcpRequestedHostName' DESC 'This
is the hostname that was requested by the client.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.30 NAME 'dhcpAssignedHostName' DESC 'This is
the actual hostname that was assigned to a client. It may not be the
name that was requested by the client.  The fully qualified domain name
can be determined by appending the value of "dhcpDomainName" (with a dot
separator) to this name.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-
VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.31 NAME 'dhcpReservedForClient' DESC 'The
distinguished name of a "dhcpClient" that an address is reserved for.
This may not be the same as the "dhcpAssignedToClient" attribute if the
address is being reassigned but the current lease has not yet expired.'
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.32 NAME 'dhcpAssignedToClient' DESC 'This is
the distinguished name of a "dhcpClient" that an address is currently
assigned to.  This attribute is only present in the class when the
address is leased.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.33 NAME 'dhcpRelayAgentInfo' DESC 'If the
client request was received via a relay agent, this contains information
about the relay agent that was available from the DHCP request.  This is
a hex-encoded option value.' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.40
SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.34 NAME 'dhcpHWAddress' DESC 'The clients
hardware address that requested this IP address.' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.40 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.35 NAME 'dhcpHashBucketAssignment' DESC
'HashBucketAssignment bit map for the DHCP Server, as defined in DHC
Load Balancing Algorithm [RFC 3074].' SYNTAX
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.40 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.36 NAME 'dhcpDelayedServiceParameter' DESC
'Delay in seconds corresponding to Delayed Service Parameter
configuration, as defined in  DHC Load Balancing Algorithm [RFC 3074]. '
SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27 SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.37 NAME 'dhcpMaxClientLeadTime' DESC
'Maximum Client Lead Time configuration in seconds, as defined in DHCP
Failover Protocol [FAILOVR]' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.27



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 13]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


SINGLE-VALUE )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.4.38 NAME 'dhcpFailOverEndpointState' DESC
'Server (Failover Endpoint) state, as defined in DHCP Failover Protocol
[FAILOVR]' SYNTAX 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.26 SINGLE-VALUE )

#Classes

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.1 NAME 'dhcpService' DESC ' Service object
that represents the actual DHCP Service configuration. This is a
container object.' SUP top MUST (cn $ dhcpPrimaryDN) MAY
(dhcpSecondaryDN $ dhcpSharedNetworkDN $ dhcpSubnetDN $ dhcpGroupDN $
dhcpHostDN $  dhcpClassesDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.2 NAME 'dhcpSharedNetwork' DESC 'This stores
configuration information for a shared network.' SUP top MUST  cn MAY
(dhcpSubnetDN $ dhcpPoolDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements) X-
NDS_CONTAINMENT ('dhcpService' ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.3 NAME 'dhcpSubnet' DESC 'This class defines
a subnet. This is a container object.' SUP top MUST ( cn $ dhcpNetMask )
MAY (dhcpRange $ dhcpPoolDN $ dhcpGroupDN $ dhcpHostDN $ dhcpClassesDN $
dhcpLeasesDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT
('dhcpService' ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.4 NAME 'dhcpPool' DESC 'This stores
configuration information about a pool.' SUP top MUST ( cn $ dhcpRange )
MAY (dhcpClassesDN $ dhcpPermitList $ dhcpLeasesDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $
dhcpStatements) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT ('dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpSharedNetwork') )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.5 NAME 'dhcpGroup' DESC 'Group object that
lists host DNs and parameters. This is a container object.' SUP top MUST
cn MAY ( dhcpHostDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements ) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT
('dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpService' ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.6 NAME 'dhcpHost' DESC 'This represents
information about a particular client' SUP top MUST cn MAY  (dhcpLeaseDN
$ dhcpHWAddress $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT
('dhcpService' 'dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpGroup') )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.7 NAME 'dhcpClass' DESC 'Represents
information about a collection of related clients.' SUP top MUST cn MAY
(dhcpSubClassesDN $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT
('dhcpService' 'dhcpSubnet' ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.8 NAME 'dhcpSubClass' DESC 'Represents
information about a collection of related classes.' SUP top MUST cn MAY
(dhcpClassData $ dhcpOptionsDN $ dhcpStatements) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 14]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


'dhcpClass' )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.9 NAME 'dhcpOptions' DESC 'Represents
information about a collection of options defined.' SUP top MUST cn MAY
( dhcpOption ) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT  ('dhcpService' 'dhcpSharedNetwork'
'dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpPool' 'dhcpGroup' 'dhcpHost' 'dhcpClass' )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.10 NAME 'dhcpLeases' DESC 'This class
represents an IP Address, which may or may not have been leased.' SUP
top MUST ( cn $ dhcpAddressState ) MAY ( dhcpExpirationTime $
dhcpStartTimeOfState $ dhcpLastTransactionTime $ dhcpBootpFlag $
dhcpDomainName $ dhcpDnsStatus $ dhcpRequestedHostName $
dhcpAssignedHostName $ dhcpReservedForClient $ dhcpAssignedToClient $
dhcpRelayAgentInfo $ dhcpHWAddress ) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT ( 'dhcpService'
'dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpPool') )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.11 NAME 'dhcpLog' DESC 'This is the object
that holds past information about the IP address. The cn is the
time/date stamp when the address was assigned or released, the address
state at the time, if the address was assigned or released.' SUP top
MUST ( cn ) MAY ( dhcpAddressState $ dhcpExpirationTime $
dhcpStartTimeOfState $ dhcpLastTransactionTime $ dhcpBootpFlag $
dhcpDomainName $ dhcpDnsStatus $ dhcpRequestedHostName $
dhcpAssignedHostName $ dhcpReservedForClient $ dhcpAssignedToClient $
dhcpRelayAgentInfo $ dhcpHWAddress ) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT ('dhcpLeases'
'dhcpPool' 'dhcpSubnet' 'dhcpSharedNetwork' 'dhcpService' ) )

( 2.16.840.1.113719.1.203.6.12 NAME 'dhcpServer' DESC 'DHCP Server
Object' SUP top MUST (cn, dhcpServiceDN) MAY (dhcpVersion $
dhcpImplementation $ dhcpHashBucketAssignment $
dhcpDelayedServiceParameter $ dhcpMaxClientLeadTime $
dhcpFailOverEndpointState) X-NDS_CONTAINMENT 'dhcpService' )

9. Security Considerations

Since the DHCP Configuration information is stored in a directory, the
security of the information is limited to the security offered by the
directory including the security of the objects within that directory.

10.  Intellectual Property Rights Notices

The IETF takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any
intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to pertain
to the implementation or use of the technology described in this
document or the extent to which any license under such rights might or
might not be available; neither does it represent that it has made any
effort to identify any such rights.  Information on the IETF's
procedures with respect to rights in standards-track and standards-



M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 15]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


related documentation can be found in BCP-11.  Copies of claims of
rights made available for publication and any assurances of licenses to
be made available, or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general
license or permission for the use of such proprietary rights by
implementors or users of this specification can be obtained from the
IETF Secretariat.

The IETF invites any interested party to bring to its attention any
copyrights, patents or patent applications, or other proprietary rights
which may cover technology that may be required to practice this
standard.  Please address the information to the IETF Executive
Director.

11.  Full Copyright Statement

Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2001).  All Rights Reserved.

This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it or
assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published and
distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any kind,
provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are included
on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this document itself
may not be modified in any way, such as by removing the copyright notice
or references to the Internet Society or other Internet organizations,
except as needed for the purpose of developing Internet standards in
which case the procedures for copyrights defined in the Internet
Standards process must be followed, or as required to translate it into
languages other than English.

The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.

This document and the information contained herein is provided on an "AS
IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK
FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT
INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

12. References

[RFC2131] Droms, R., "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol", RFC 2131,
March 1997.

[RFC2132] Alexander, S., Droms, R., "DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor
Extensions", RFC 2132, March 1997.




M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 16]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


[MSDHCP]  Gu, Y., Vyaghrapuri, R., "An LDAP Schema for Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol Service", Internet Draft <draft-gu-dhcp-ldap-
schema-00.txt>, August 1998.

[NOVDHCP] Miller, T., Patel, A., Rao, P., "Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol (v3): Schema for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)",
Internet Draft <draft-miller-dhcp-ldap-schema-00.txt>, June 1998.

[FAILOVR] Droms, R., Rabil, G., Dooley, M., Kapur, A., Gonczi, S., Volz,
B., "DHCP Failover Protocol", Internet Draft <draft-ietf-dhc-
failover-08.txt>, July 2000.

[RFC 3074] Volz B., Gonczi S., Lemon T., Stevens R., "DHC Load Balancing
Algorithm", February 2001

[AGENT]   Patrick, M., "DHCP Relay Agent Information Option", Internet
Draft <draft-ietf-dhc-agent-options-09.txt>, March 2000.

[DHCPOPT] Carney, M., "New Option Review Guidelines and Additional
Option Namespace", Internet Draft <draft-ietf-dhc-
option_review_and_namespace-01.txt>, October 1999.

[POLICY]  Strassner, J., Elleson, E., Moore, B., "Policy Framework LDAP
Core Schema", Internet Draft <draft-ietf-policy-core-schema-06.txt>,
November 1999.

[RFC2251] Wahl, M., Howes, T., Kille, S., "Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol (v3)", RFC 2251, December 1997.

[RFC2252] Wahl, M., Coulbeck, A., Howes, T., Kille, S., "Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (v3) Attribute Syntax Definitions", RFC 2252,
December 1997.

[RFC2255] Howes, T., Smith, M., "The LDAP URL Format", RFC 2255,
December 1997.

[RFC951]  Croft, B., Gilmore, J., "Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)", RFC 951,
September 1985.

[RFC2119] Bradner, S. "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
Levels", RFC 2119, March 1997.

13. Acknowledgments

This work is partially based on a previous draft draft-ietf-dhc-
schema-02.doc.





M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 17]





INTERNET-DRAFT            LDAP Schema for DHCP              16 June 2001


14. Author's Addresses

Comments regarding this draft may be sent to the authors at the
following address:

Mark Meredith
Mark Hinckley
Novell Inc.
1800 S. Novell Place
Provo, Utah 84606

Vijay K. Nanjundaswamy
Novell Software Development (I) Ltd
49/1 & 49/3, Garvebhavi Palya,
7th Mile, Hosur Road
Bangalore 560068

email: mark_meredith@novell.com
email: knvijay@novell.com
email: mhinckley@novell.com

This Internet Draft expires December 16, 2001.





























M. Meredith et al.        Expires December 2001                [Page 18]



--=_114B1E76.36578F15--



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Thu Jun 28 07:17:20 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id HAA11431
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 07:17:19 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5SBE5L24547;
	Thu, 28 Jun 2001 07:14:05 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from ietf.org (odin.ietf.org [132.151.1.176])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5SBDuL08425
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 07:13:58 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from CNRI.Reston.VA.US (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with ESMTP id HAA10593;
	Thu, 28 Jun 2001 07:13:15 -0400 (EDT)
Message-Id: <200106281113.HAA10593@ietf.org>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: Multipart/Mixed; Boundary="NextPart"
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Cc: dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
From: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Reply-to: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Subject: I-D ACTION:draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt
Date: Thu, 28 Jun 2001 07:13:14 -0400
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Sender: nsyracus@cnri.reston.va.us
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

--NextPart

A New Internet-Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts directories.
This draft is a work item of the Dynamic Host Configuration Working Group of the IETF.

	Title		: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)
	Author(s)	: J. Bound, M. Carney, C. Perkins, R. Droms
	Filename	: draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt
	Pages		: 69
	Date		: 27-Jun-01
	
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCP) enables
DHCP servers to pass configuration parameters such as IPv6 network
addresses to IPv6 nodes.  It offers the capability of automatic
allocation of reusable network addresses and additional configuration
flexibility.  This protocol is a stateful counterpart to 'IPv6
Stateless Address Autoconfiguration' [13], and can be used separately
or concurrently with the latter to obtain configuration parameters.

A URL for this Internet-Draft is:
http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt

Internet-Drafts are also available by anonymous FTP. Login with the username
"anonymous" and a password of your e-mail address. After logging in,
type "cd internet-drafts" and then
	"get draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt".

A list of Internet-Drafts directories can be found in
http://www.ietf.org/shadow.html 
or ftp://ftp.ietf.org/ietf/1shadow-sites.txt


Internet-Drafts can also be obtained by e-mail.

Send a message to:
	mailserv@ietf.org.
In the body type:
	"FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt".
	
NOTE:	The mail server at ietf.org can return the document in
	MIME-encoded form by using the "mpack" utility.  To use this
	feature, insert the command "ENCODING mime" before the "FILE"
	command.  To decode the response(s), you will need "munpack" or
	a MIME-compliant mail reader.  Different MIME-compliant mail readers
	exhibit different behavior, especially when dealing with
	"multipart" MIME messages (i.e. documents which have been split
	up into multiple messages), so check your local documentation on
	how to manipulate these messages.
		
		
Below is the data which will enable a MIME compliant mail reader
implementation to automatically retrieve the ASCII version of the
Internet-Draft.

--NextPart
Content-Type: Multipart/Alternative; Boundary="OtherAccess"

--OtherAccess
Content-Type: Message/External-body;
	access-type="mail-server";
	server="mailserv@ietf.org"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID:	<20010627132240.I-D@ietf.org>

ENCODING mime
FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt

--OtherAccess
Content-Type: Message/External-body;
	name="draft-ietf-dhc-dhcpv6-19.txt";
	site="ftp.ietf.org";
	access-type="anon-ftp";
	directory="internet-drafts"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID:	<20010627132240.I-D@ietf.org>

--OtherAccess--

--NextPart--



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Thu Jun 28 17:59:31 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id RAA14039
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:59:31 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5SLuDL08358;
	Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:56:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from firewall.ma.virata.com (agranat.com [198.113.147.2])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5SLuCL22281
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:56:12 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from agranat.com (IDENT:root@alice.agranat.com [10.21.0.130])
	by firewall.ma.virata.com (8.9.0/8.9.0) with ESMTP id RAA11861
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:55:57 -0400
Received: from dhcp75.ma.virata.com (dhcp75.ma.virata.com [10.21.0.75])
	by agranat.com (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id RAA14892
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:55:56 -0400
Received: (from worley@localhost)
	by dhcp75.ma.virata.com (8.11.0/8.11.0) id f5SLttE00879;
	Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:55:55 -0400
Date: Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:55:55 -0400
Message-Id: <200106282155.f5SLttE00879@dhcp75.ma.virata.com>
X-Authentication-Warning: dhcp75.ma.virata.com: worley set sender to dworley@virata.com using -f
From: worley@agranat.com
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
In-reply-to: <200106260233.f5Q2X6W00585@grosse.bisbee.fugue.com> (message from
	Ted Lemon on Mon, 25 Jun 2001 19:33:05 -0700)
Subject: Re: Source Port# for packets from BOOTP relay agent
Reply-To: worley@agranat.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN

   From: Ted Lemon <mellon@nominum.com>

   It makes no sense for the relay agent to use port 68 as its source
   port, since it doesn't listen on port 68.   So I would say that the
   right thing is to use port 67, but I don't see how this helps you with
   the router vendor that's doing it wrong.   :'(

Maybe it *is* listening on port 68, using it in a non-standard way.
That's icky, yes, but is it a violation of the protocol?

Dale
-- 
Dale R. WORLEY    Project Manager - UPnP        <dworley@virata.com>
Virata Corp.	  Applications Infrastructure   http://emweb.com



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Thu Jun 28 21:38:37 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id VAA15957
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 21:38:36 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5T1ZtL05423;
	Thu, 28 Jun 2001 21:35:55 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from toccata.fugue.com (toccata.fugue.com [204.152.186.142])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5T1ZdL31958
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 21:35:39 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from mirtagpa.fugue.com (205-140-116-229.ip.theriver.com [205.140.116.229]) by toccata.fugue.com (8.11.3/8.6.11) with ESMTP id f5T1WEZ03103; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 18:32:14 -0700 (PDT)
Received: from mirtagpa.fugue.com (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by mirtagpa.fugue.com (8.11.3/8.6.11) with ESMTP id f5T1aia14901; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 18:36:44 -0700 (MST)
Message-Id: <200106290136.f5T1aia14901@mirtagpa.fugue.com>
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
cc: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Re: Source Port# for packets from BOOTP relay agent 
In-Reply-To: Message from worley@agranat.com 
   of "Thu, 28 Jun 2001 17:55:55 -0400." <200106282155.f5SLttE00879@dhcp75.ma.virata.com> 
Date: Thu, 28 Jun 2001 18:36:44 -0700
From: Ted Lemon <mellon@nominum.com>
Reply-To: mellon@nominum.com
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN


> Maybe it *is* listening on port 68, using it in a non-standard way.

Sure.   But it won't hear anything from a DHCP client on port 68.
The DHCP client sends its packets to port 67.   So it *must* listen on
port 67.   If it also listens on port 68, that has nothing to do with
what the DHCP protocol specification requires.

I can easily imagine a bridge that listens on port 68 and intercepts
packets on that port, but that's a hack, and someone who is doing a
hack like that should be doing their best to ensure that the thing
doesn't give away its presence by behaving in ways that aren't
apparently in accordance with the behaviour the protocol specificion
calls for.

			       _MelloN_



From owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu  Fri Jun 29 01:37:13 2001
Received: from mail.bucknell.edu (marge.bucknell.edu [134.82.9.1])
	by ietf.org (8.9.1a/8.9.1a) with SMTP id BAA04172
	for <DHC-ARCHIVE@odin.IETF.ORG>; Fri, 29 Jun 2001 01:37:12 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with SMTP id f5T5YGL20898;
	Fri, 29 Jun 2001 01:34:16 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from robspc.join.com (IDENT:root@tycho-165-227-59-154.tychonet.com [165.227.59.154])
	by mail.bucknell.edu (8.11.4/8.11.4) with ESMTP id f5T5YDL15633
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Fri, 29 Jun 2001 01:34:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from join.com (IDENT:robs@localhost [127.0.0.1])
	by robspc.join.com (8.11.0/8.11.0) with ESMTP id f5T6aWN08783
	for <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>; Thu, 28 Jun 2001 23:36:40 -0700
Sender: owner-dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu
Message-ID: <3B3C21EE.EC7B01E3@join.com>
Date: Thu, 28 Jun 2001 23:36:30 -0700
From: Rob Stevens <robs@join.com>
Organization: Join Systems
X-Mailer: Mozilla 4.76 [en] (X11; U; Linux 2.2.16-22 i586)
X-Accept-Language: en
MIME-Version: 1.0
CC: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
Subject: Re: Source Port# for packets from BOOTP relay agent
References: <200106282155.f5SLttE00879@dhcp75.ma.virata.com>
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
Reply-To: robs@join.com
X-Sender: robs@robspc.join.com
To: DHCPv4 discussion list <dhcp-v4@bucknell.edu>
X-Listprocessor-Version: 8.2.10/991025/16:55 -- ListProc(tm) by CREN
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit

worley@agranat.com wrote:

>    ..
>
> Maybe it *is* listening on port 68, using it in a non-standard way.
> That's icky, yes, but is it a violation of the protocol?

No, it doesn't appear to be. I was mildly surprised that it wasn't.
It's a nuisance though, and as Ted says is rather nonsensical,
because it's one more  filtering strategy that is now rendered invalid.

>
>
> Dale
> --
> Dale R. WORLEY    Project Manager - UPnP        <dworley@virata.com>
> Virata Corp.      Applications Infrastructure   http://emweb.com



